Section 5 Notices and Supports 

User Guide - Primary Support

Environmental Protection Agency

Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics

Manage Toxic Substances

Delivery Order # GS00Q09BGD0022

Task Order # EP-G11H-00154

Project # TDD 9.21

Version 0.01 

September 20, 2013

OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support i

Table of Contents

1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................1

2 System Requirements ........................................................................................................2

2.1 Supported Browsers .....................................................................................................2

2.2 Screen Resolution ........................................................................................................2

3 Primary Support Functions .................................................................................................3

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application ....................................................4

3.2 Home Screen Navigation..............................................................................................5

3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms.........................................................................7

3.4 Enter Passphrase.........................................................................................................9

3.5 Navigation Tree ..........................................................................................................10

3.6 Action Bar...................................................................................................................20

3.7 Attach Documents ......................................................................................................21

3.8 Search Substance Registry Services (SRS) ...............................................................25

3.9 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search.......................................................................29

4 Edit Premanufacture Notice..............................................................................................33

4.1 Edit PMN Form...........................................................................................................33

4.2 General Form Information...........................................................................................33

4.3 User Fees Certification ...............................................................................................37

4.4 Agent Information .......................................................................................................39

4.5 Technical Contact Information ....................................................................................43

4.6 Additional Submission Information..............................................................................47

4.7 Joint Submitter Information.........................................................................................50

4.8 Joint Submission Information......................................................................................51

4.8.1 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information..........................................53

4.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information ......................................................................56

4.10 Letter of Support Submission Information ...................................................................57

4.10.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information.................................60

4.11 Chemical Identification................................................................................................61

4.12 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances .............................................................................63

4.13 Class 2 Substances....................................................................................................68

4.14 Additional Chemical Information .................................................................................71

4.15 Polymer Identification Information...............................................................................76

4.16 Monomers and Other Reactants.................................................................................80
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support ii

4.17 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information ....................................................85

4.18 Use Information ..........................................................................................................88

4.19 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ............................................................94

4.20 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)......................102

4.20.1 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents .........................................................................................................104

4.21 Submitter Controlled Site Information .......................................................................107

4.22 Sites Controlled By Others .......................................................................................108

4.23 Submitter Operation Information...............................................................................111

4.24 Occupational Exposures...........................................................................................115

4.25 Environmental Releases...........................................................................................119

4.26 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ........................................................................124

4.27 Exposures/Releases.................................................................................................127

4.28 Byproduct Information...............................................................................................132

4.29 Optional Pollution Prevention....................................................................................134

4.30 Additional Attachments .............................................................................................136

4.31 Attachment Summary ...............................................................................................138

4.32 Optional Cover Letter................................................................................................139

4.33 Upload XML..............................................................................................................140

5 Edit a Biotechnology Form .............................................................................................142

5.1 Edit Biotechnology Form...........................................................................................142

5.2 General Form Information.........................................................................................142

5.3 Joint Submitter Information.......................................................................................145

5.4 Joint Submission Information....................................................................................146

5.4.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information ..............................148

5.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ....................................................................150

5.6 Letter of Support Submission Information .................................................................151

5.6.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information...............................154

5.7 Technical Contact Information ..................................................................................156

5.8 Optional Cover Letter................................................................................................160

6 Edit Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form...................................................................162

6.1 Edit NOC Form.........................................................................................................162

6.2 General Form Information.........................................................................................162

6.3 Technical Contact Information ..................................................................................163

6.4 Chemical Information................................................................................................167
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support iii

6.5 Submitter Site Information ........................................................................................170

6.6 CBI Substantiation Part 1 .........................................................................................172

6.7 CBI Substantiation Part 2 .........................................................................................174

6.8 CBI Substantiation Part 3 .........................................................................................177

6.9 Optional Cover Letter................................................................................................180

7 Edit Support Form ..........................................................................................................182

7.1 Edit Support Form ....................................................................................................182

7.2 General Form Information.........................................................................................182

7.3 Original Submitter Information ..................................................................................185

8 Edit Bona Fide Form ......................................................................................................188

8.1 Edit Bona Fide Form.................................................................................................188

8.2 General Document Information.................................................................................188

8.3 Primary Contact Information .....................................................................................191

8.4 Technical Contact Information ..................................................................................194

8.5 Statement of Intent ...................................................................................................197

8.6 Letter of Support Submitter Information ....................................................................199

8.7 Letter of Support Submission Information .................................................................201

8.7.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information...............................203

8.8 Chemical Identification Information ...........................................................................205

8.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ...........................................................................207

8.10 Class 2 Substances..................................................................................................211

8.11 Polymer Identification Information.............................................................................214

8.12 Monomers and Other Reactants...............................................................................217

8.13 Use Information ........................................................................................................220

8.14 Submitter Site Identification ......................................................................................221

8.15 Document Management ...........................................................................................223

8.16 Optional Cover Letter................................................................................................224

9 Edit Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form ..............................................................226

9.1 Edit ACM Form.........................................................................................................226

9.2 Contact Information ..................................................................................................226

9.3 Attachments .............................................................................................................229

10 Preview ..........................................................................................................................232

11 Validate ..........................................................................................................................237

12 Resources......................................................................................................................239

Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations ...........................................................242
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support iv

List of Exhibits

Exhibit 3-1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix ...................................................4

Exhibit 3-2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen ...................................................5

Exhibit 3-3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen .........................................................7

Exhibit 3-4: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen ........................................................9

Exhibit 3-5: Enter Passphrase Screen.......................................................................................10

Exhibit 3-6: Navigation Prompt..................................................................................................11

Exhibit 3-7: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)..................................................12

Exhibit 3-8: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)..................................................13

Exhibit 3-9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)..................................................14

Exhibit 3-10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4)................................................15

Exhibit 3-11: Biotechnology Navigation Tree.............................................................................16

Exhibit 3-12: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree ...............................................17

Exhibit 3-13: Support Navigation Tree.......................................................................................17

Exhibit 3-14: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance) ..................................................18

Exhibit 3-15: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer)...................................................................19

Exhibit 3-16: Alternative Control Measures Navigation Tree......................................................20

Exhibit 3-17: Action Bar – Validate............................................................................................20

Exhibit 3-18: Action Bar – Save.................................................................................................21

Exhibit 3-19: Action Bar – Preview ............................................................................................21

Exhibit 3-20: Action Bar – Links ................................................................................................21

Exhibit 3-21: Attach Documents Window...................................................................................24

Exhibit 3-22: Search Substance Registry Services Window ......................................................26

Exhibit 3-23: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window .............................28

Exhibit 3-24: Facility Registry System Search Window..............................................................30

Exhibit 3-25: Add Manual Entry Window ...................................................................................32

Exhibit 4-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ...........................................................36

Exhibit 4-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ...........................................................37

Exhibit 4-3: User Fees Certification Screen...............................................................................39

Exhibit 4-4: Agent Information Screen.......................................................................................40

Exhibit 4-5: Add Agent Window.................................................................................................42

Exhibit 4-6: Technical Contact Information Screen....................................................................44

Exhibit 4-7: Add Technical Contact Window..............................................................................46

Exhibit 4-8: Additional Submission Information Screen .............................................................49

Exhibit 4-9: Joint Submitter Information Screen.........................................................................51

Exhibit 4-10: Joint Submission Information Screen ...................................................................53

Exhibit 4-11: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................55
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support v

Exhibit 4-12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................57

Exhibit 4-13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................59

Exhibit 4-14: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................61

Exhibit 4-15: Chemical Identification Screen .............................................................................63

Exhibit 4-16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)............................................67

Exhibit 4-17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)............................................68

Exhibit 4-18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ..................................................................70

Exhibit 4-19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ..................................................................71

Exhibit 4-20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1)................................................75

Exhibit 4-21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2)................................................76

Exhibit 4-22: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) .............................................79

Exhibit 4-23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 2) .............................................80

Exhibit 4-24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) ...............................................84

Exhibit 4-25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) ...............................................85

Exhibit 4-26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen ..................................88

Exhibit 4-27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1).........................................................................92

Exhibit 4-28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2).........................................................................93

Exhibit 4-29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1) .........................100

Exhibit 4-30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) .........................101

Exhibit 4-31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen....103

Exhibit 4-32: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 1) .................................................................................................105

Exhibit 4-33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 2) .................................................................................................106

Exhibit 4-34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen .....................................................108

Exhibit 4-35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen .....................................................................110

Exhibit 4-36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1) .............................................114

Exhibit 4-37: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 2) .............................................115

Exhibit 4-38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................118

Exhibit 4-39: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................119

Exhibit 4-40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................123

Exhibit 4-41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................124

Exhibit 4-42: Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Screen......................................................127

Exhibit 4-43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ...............................................................130

Exhibit 4-44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ...............................................................132

Exhibit 4-45: Byproduct Information Screen ............................................................................133

Exhibit 4-46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen .................................................................136

Exhibit 4-47: Additional Attachments Screen...........................................................................137

Exhibit 4-48: Attachment Summary Screen.............................................................................139
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support vi

Exhibit 4-49: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................140

Exhibit 4-50: Upload XML Screen ...........................................................................................141

Exhibit 5-1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology)...............................................144

Exhibit 5-2: Joint Submitter Information Screen.......................................................................146

Exhibit 5-3: Joint Submission Information Screen ...................................................................147

Exhibit 5-4: Unique Identifier Notification Window (Scroll 1) ....................................................149

Exhibit 5-5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................151

Exhibit 5-6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................153

Exhibit 5-7: Unique Identifier Notification Window ...................................................................155

Exhibit 5-8: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)...................................................157

Exhibit 5-9: Add Technical Contact Window............................................................................159

Exhibit 5-10: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................160

Exhibit 6-1: General Form Information Screen ........................................................................163

Exhibit 6-2: Technical Contact Information Screen..................................................................164

Exhibit 6-3: Add Technical Contact Window............................................................................166

Exhibit 6-4: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................................................169

Exhibit 6-5: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................................................170

Exhibit 6-6: Submitter Site Information Screen........................................................................171

Exhibit 6-7: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1)..........................................................173

Exhibit 6-8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2)..........................................................174

Exhibit 6-9: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1)..........................................................176

Exhibit 6-10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 2)........................................................177

Exhibit 6-11: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 1)........................................................179

Exhibit 6-12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 2)........................................................180

Exhibit 6-13: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................181

Exhibit 7-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) .........................................................184

Exhibit 7-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) .........................................................185

Exhibit 7-3: Original Submitter Information Screen..................................................................187

Exhibit 8-1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1) .................................................190

Exhibit 8-2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2) .................................................191

Exhibit 8-3: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)......................................................193

Exhibit 8-4: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)......................................................194

Exhibit 8-5: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)...................................................196

Exhibit 8-6: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)...................................................197

Exhibit 8-7: Statement of Intent Screen...................................................................................199

Exhibit 8-8: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen....................................................201

Exhibit 8-9: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen.................................................203

Exhibit 8-10: Unique Identifier Notification Window .................................................................205

Exhibit 8-11: Chemical Identification Information Screen (Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance) .207
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support vii

Exhibit 8-12: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)..........................................210

Exhibit 8-13: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)..........................................211

Exhibit 8-14: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................................................213

Exhibit 8-15: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................................................214

Exhibit 8-16: Polymer Identification Information Screen ..........................................................217

Exhibit 8-17: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen.............................................................220

Exhibit 8-18: Use Information Screen......................................................................................221

Exhibit 8-19: Submitter Site Identification Screen....................................................................223

Exhibit 8-20: Document Management Screen .........................................................................224

Exhibit 8-21: Optional Cover Letter Screen .............................................................................225

Exhibit 9-1: Contact Information Screen..................................................................................227

Exhibit 9-2: Add Contact Window............................................................................................229

Exhibit 9-3: Attachments Screen .............................................................................................231

Exhibit 10-1: Preview Biotechnology Form Screen..................................................................233

Exhibit 10-2: Preview Biotechnology Form PDF......................................................................234

Exhibit 10-3: Preview NOC Form PDF ....................................................................................235

Exhibit 10-4: Preview Support Form PDF................................................................................236

Exhibit 11-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop-Up Window...............................238

Exhibit 12-1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1)...............................................................................240

Exhibit 12-2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2)...............................................................................241
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support viii

Revision Log

Date Version 

No.

Description Author Reviewer Review 

Date

09/20/13 0.01 Initial Draft of User Guide C. Yeh

J. DeRosa 

P. Saari 09/20/13
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 1

1 Introduction

This document presents the user guide for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT)

Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms application submission process. This document is the user 

guide for the Primary Support user of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application.

The Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms application is the electronic, web-based tool provided 

by Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for the submission of Section 5 Notices and 

Supports data. As a Primary Support, you can modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form that 

a Primary Authorized Official (AO) has assigned to you.

For questions concerning the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section 5 Notices and 

Supports software requirements, please contact the Central Data Exchange (CDX) Help Desk at 

helpdesk@epacdx.net or call 1-888-890-1995 between the hours of 8am – 6pm eastern standard 

time (EST). For questions concerning the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports reporting 

requirements, please contact the TSCA Hotline at TSCA-Hotline@epamail.epa.gov or call 202-

554-1404 between the hours of 8:30 am – 5:00pm EST. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 2

2 System Requirements 

To use the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to edit a Section 5 Notices and Supports

Form the following is required:

 An e-mail account

 Java Script enabled web browser 

 Internet access

 Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or higher

 CDX username and password

2.1 Supported Browsers

 Internet Explorer 7 or above

 Go to the following link to download: 

http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/internet-explorer/downloads/ie

 Mozilla Firefox 3.5 or above

 Go to the following link to download:

http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/all-older.html

 Safari 4 or above

 Go to the following link to download: 

http://support.apple.com/kb/dl877

 Google Chrome 

 Go to the following link to download:

http://www.google.com/chrome

2.2 Screen Resolution

 Screen resolution should be set to 1024 x 768 or greater.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 3

3 Primary Support Functions

This section describes how to:

 Access the application

 Navigate the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen

 Edit the Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms – Premanufacture Notice (PMN), 

Biotechnology, Notice of Commencement (NOC), Support, Bona Fide, and Alternative 

Control Measures (ACM) 721.30

 Upload an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file 

The Primary Support is designated by a Primary AO to provide supporting information on behalf 

of a company. A Primary Support may either be working on behalf of a United States (U.S.)-

based company or non-U.S. based company. Examples of a Primary Support may include, but 

are not limited to, a corporate on-site contact, a technical contact, a paid employee of the 

company, an outside consultant for the company, or an authorized representative agent for the 

company. Primary Supports do not have the ability to sign the certification statement required for 

the PMN form, but they may enter or modify data for the form for which they have access. The 

Primary Support does not have access rights to create or submit a PMN form. 

Once the Primary AO creates a new PMN form, the Primary AO will provide the Primary

Support with the passphrase to access the form and complete all sections of the PMN form. The 

Primary Support can edit a form that is created by the Primary AO. The Primary Support is only 

allowed to access forms to which the Primary AO has granted access. 

The system will allow the Primary Support to save the form at any point during the data entry 

process. The save functionality allows you to return to that same form at any point in the future. 

After the Primary Support completes the PMN form, the Primary AO will access, review, and 

submit the form to EPA via CDX. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 4

Exhibit 3-1 displays a table of the capabilities of user roles within the Section 5 Notices and 

Supports application. 

Exhibit 3-1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application 

After you create an account in CDX and click the ‘Primary Support’ link for the Chemical Safety 

and Pesticide Programs (CSPP) data flow, you will be taken to the main ‘Chemical Information 

Submission System’ screen.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 5

Exhibit 3-2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen:

Exhibit 3-2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen

Navigation: To access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, select ‘TSCA Section 

5 Notices and Supports – ePMN’ from the submission type drop-down menu and click the ‘OK’

button.

3.2 Home Screen Navigation

You can access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen by selecting ‘TSCA Section 5 

Notices and Supports – ePMN’ from the submission type drop-down menu on the ‘Chemical 

Information Submission System’ screen and clicking the ‘OK’ button. 

The Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen is the first screen within the Section 5 

Notices and Supports application. It provides you with links and tabs to access the ‘Section 5 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 6

Notices and Supports Forms’ and ‘Resources’ screens. To navigate to any of these screens, click

the screen link (highlighted in blue text), or click the screen tab (located within the application 

header). The links and tabs provide the same functionality.

There is a ten (10) minute logout timer for this application; the application will automatically log 

you out after ten minutes of inactivity. 

 Forms: Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports 

Forms’ screen. You can create or modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form using the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. For additional details about the ‘Section 5 

Notices and Supports Forms’ screen, please refer to Section 3.3.

 Resources: Click the ‘Resources’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘Resources’ screen. You can 

find the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide, as well as useful links for guidance 

documents on the ‘Resources’ screen. For additional details about the ‘Resources’ screen, 

please refer to Section 12.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 7

Exhibit 3-3 shows a screen capture for the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen:

Exhibit 3-3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’

screen.

3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms

You can access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen by clicking the ‘Forms’ link

from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, or by clicking the ‘Forms’ tab located 

within the application header.

Only one Section 5 Notices and Supports Form is created per form alias. The form alias is 

created by the AO to identify and differentiate a form from others. Each column within the table 

of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen can be sorted by clicking the individual 

column headers. 

Edit a Form: To modify an existing Section 5 Notices and Supports form, click the alias link for 

a form that has a status of ‘In Progress.’ You are required to enter the passphrase created by the 

AO and associated with that particular form in order to access and continue editing the form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 8

Refer to Section 3.4 for further instructions on viewing and modifying a form that is ‘In 

Progress.’

The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen displays the following columns of 

information: 

 Alias: Displays the form alias provided within the ‘General Form Information,’ ‘General 

Document Information,’ or ‘Contact Information’ screen. The ‘Alias’ column will display a 

default alias comprised of a form type, date stamp and time stamp in the following format: 

<Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone> if the AO accepted the auto-generated 

‘Form Alias’ on the first screen in a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. A form alias is 

helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate 

between forms. 

 Type: Displays the form type pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. This 

column can contain the following values: ‘Primary PMN,’ ‘Biotechnology,’ ‘Support,’

‘NOC,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ACM.’

 Subtype: Displays the form subtype pertaining to the type for the reported chemical 

substance or mixture. This column will contain one of the following values for a PMN form: 

‘Mock Submission,’ ‘LOREX Modification,’ ‘LVE Modification,’ ‘Low Release/Low 

Exposure Exemption (LOREX),’ ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE),’ ‘Test Marketing 

Exemption Application (TMEA),’ ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN),’ or 

‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN).’ This column will contain the following values for a 

Biotechnology form: ‘Microbial Commercial Activity Notice (MCAN),’ ‘TSCA 

Experimental Release Application (TERA),’ ‘Tier 1,’ ‘Tier 2,’ or ‘Biotechnology_Test 

Market Exemption (Biotechnology_TME).’ This column will contain the following values 

for a Support form: ‘Amendment,’ ‘Test Data,’ ‘Transfer,’ ‘Withdrawal,’ ‘Suspension,’ or 

‘Other Correspondence.’ NOC, Bona Fide, and ACM forms do not have subtypes. 

 Case Number: Displays the form case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance 

or mixture after EPA receives the form. NOC and Support forms will display user-entered 

case numbers. A consolidated submission displays sequential case numbers for each 

chemical identified within the PMN form. Case numbers will not be sequential for joint 

consolidated submissions. If the form has not been submitted and received, the field remains 

blank.

 Status: Displays the status of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The values will 

display as either ‘In Progress’ or ‘Submitted.’ 

 Modify Date: Displays the date the form was last modified.

 Submission Date: Displays the date when the form was submitted to EPA via CDX. This 

date populates only after the form has been submitted.

 Export Options: Displays ‘CSV,’ ‘Excel,’ ‘XML,’ and ‘PDF’ links for you to export the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen in one of the specified formats as an Excel 

spreadsheet, Comma-Separated Values (CSV), Extensible Markup Language, or Portable 

Document Format (PDF).The export options section will not display until a form is created. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 9

Exhibit 3-4 shows a screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

Exhibit 3-4: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen 

Navigation: Click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of an ‘In Progress’ form to navigate to the 

‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. 

3.4 Enter Passphrase 

To edit a form click the alias link for a Section 5 Notices and Supports form with a status of ‘In 

Progress’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. The ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen 

requires you to enter the passphrase that is associated with the form.

 Enter Passphrase: Enter the passphrase supplied by the Primary AO that was originally

associated with the form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 10

Exhibit 3-5 shows a screen capture of the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen:

Exhibit 3-5: Enter Passphrase Screen 

Navigation: Enter the passphrase that the AO originally created and associated with the form

and click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form Information’ screen in a PMN, 

Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 

3.5 Navigation Tree

The navigation tree is located on the left hand side of each screen. You can perform the 

following functions using the navigation tree:

 Open and Close the Navigation Tree: To provide more visual form space, a navigation 

arrow ( ) that opens and closes the navigation tree is located to the right of the navigation 

tree. Click the arrow ( ) to close the navigation tree and increase the space of the form 

content. Likewise, click the arrow ( ) on the closed navigation tree to open the navigation 

tree. 

 Collapse and Expand folders: Each section of the form falls under a collapsible folder in 

the navigation tree, which allows you to save space or easily view items in the navigation 

tree. When the folder is expanded, you can click the minus sign (-), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or 

the folder title link to collapse that section of the navigation tree. When the folder is 

collapsed, you can click the plus sign (+), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 11

expand that section of the navigation tree. When you place your cursor over the folder title 

link, it will highlight in red. 

 Navigate between screens: You can use the navigation tree to navigate between the various 

screens within the application and the different sections of the form. Each section of the form 

is denoted with a ‘Form’ icon ( ). You can click a ‘Form’ icon ( ) or a section title link to 

navigate between screens. You are required to save all information entered on a particular 

screen before navigating to the next screen or all entered information will be lost. A prompt 

will appear after you click a link in the navigation tree indicating, ‘Are you sure you want to 

leave the current page? Any unsaved changes will be lost.’ If you click the ‘OK’ button, you 

will be taken to the requested screen without saving any of the data on the previous screen. If 

you click the ‘Cancel’ button, the prompt will close and you will not be taken to the 

requested screen. 

Exhibit 3-6 shows a screen capture of the navigation prompt window:

Exhibit 3-6: Navigation Prompt 

 Delete ‘Chemical’ folders: To delete specific chemical folders, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) displays

at the bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical 

folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted chemical is lost and cannot be 

retrieved. You can add a new chemical report by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ 

link within the navigation tree, and filling in all corresponding data. This delete functionality 

is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM module.

 Copy ‘Chemical’ folders: To copy a specific chemical folder, a ‘Copy’ link displays at the 

bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical folder is 

copied, the chemical name, CASRN, and attached documents are removed from the copied 

chemical. This copy functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, 

Bona Fide, or ACM module. 

 Delete ‘Submitted Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’: To 

delete a specific ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ 

folder within a PMN form, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed at the bottom of each ‘SubmitterControlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation 

tree. When a ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ or ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder 

is deleted, all information entered within the deleted operation is lost and cannot be retrieved. 

You can add a new ‘Submitter Controlled Operation’ or ‘Operation Controlled By Others’ by 

clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link under the appropriate folder and filling in all corresponding 

data. This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona 

Fide, or ACM modules.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 12

 Upload XML: The system will display an ‘Upload XML’ button in the navigation tree only

for PMN forms and Joint PMN forms. 

Exhibit 3-7 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 3-7: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 13

Exhibit 3-8 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 3-8: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 14

Exhibit 3-9 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 3):

Exhibit 3-9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 15

Exhibit 3-10 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 4):

Exhibit 3-10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 16

Exhibit 3-11 shows the screen capture of the Biotechnology navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-11: Biotechnology Navigation Tree
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 17

Exhibit 3-12 shows the screen capture of the NOC navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-12: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree

Exhibit 3-13 shows the screen capture of the Support navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-13: Support Navigation Tree
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 18

Exhibit 3-14 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Class 2 Substance):

Exhibit 3-14: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 19

Exhibit 3-15 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Polymer):

Exhibit 3-15: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 20

Exhibit 3-16 shows the screen capture of the ACM navigation tree:

Exhibit 3-16: Alternative Control Measures Navigation Tree

3.6 Action Bar

The action bar is located at the bottom of the form section on each screen. You can perform the 

following functions using the action bar:

 Validate: You can click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form. A ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window 

generates when you click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports

Validation’ pop-up window displays a report of all warning messages and validation errors 

that failed validation. On screens that display an expandable/collapsible field set, you must 

click the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable/collapsible field set to save the 

information entered within the field set before the ‘Validate’ functionality initiates. Refer to

Section 11 for more information on validating a form.

The following exhibits, Exhibit 3-17, Exhibit 3-18, and Exhibit 3-19 show the screen captures 

for the action bar:

Exhibit 3-17: Action Bar – Validate

 Save: You can click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form. After you click the ‘Save’ icon ( ), you will receive a prompt indicating that 

all data entered in the form has been saved successfully. The save function does not validate 

any data entered. On screens that display an expandable/collapsible field set, you must click 

the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable/collapsible field set to save the 

information entered within the field set before being able to click the ‘Save’ icon located 

within the action bar, or use the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons to navigate to another page. 

Clicking the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons on a form will also save the data entered within a 

form. Clicking the ‘X’ button in the upper-right corner of the form in your browser will 

automatically close the form without saving, and will not display a warning message 

regarding unsaved data. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 21

Exhibit 3-18: Action Bar – Save

 Preview: You can click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form to preview the form. After you click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ), you 

will be given the option to view a full version of the PDF or a sanitized version of the PDF. 

A full version of the PDF displays all information entered into a PMN form. A sanitized 

version of the PDF will display ‘XXX’ for fields marked as confidential business information 

(CBI) in the PMN form. Choosing either option will display and display a watermarked PDF 

version of the form. The watermarked PDF can display in a separate window depending on 

the individual browser settings. 

Exhibit 3-19: Action Bar – Preview

 Help Links: You can click any of the Help links at any stage of completing a Section 5 

Notices and Supports form. This does not affect the current form you are working on, as the 

links generate in a separate browser window. 

 If you click the ‘CDX Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Homepage. 

 If you click the ‘MyCDX Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Login

screen.

 If you click the ‘EPA Homepage’ link, the application takes you to the EPA Homepage. 

 If you click the ‘Terms and Conditions’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Terms 

and Conditions screen.

 If you click the ‘Privacy Notice’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Privacy and 

Security Notice screen.

Exhibit 3-20 shows the screen capture of the action bar ‘Help’ links:

Exhibit 3-20: Action Bar – Links

3.7 Attach Documents 

The ‘Attach Document’ button is displayed on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form and provides functionality for you to attach supporting documents where needed. 

You can access the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 22

button displayed on a screen. You will select the file to be attached and enter information about 

the description, number of pages, and CBI status of the file. 

The system allows you to claim the uploaded document as CBI. If you claim a document as CBI, 

the system requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached document. If the sanitized 

version of the document is not provided, the Section 5 Notices and Supports form will fail 

validation upon navigating away from the ‘Attach Documents’ window.. If you wish to change a 

CBI attachment to be non-CBI by un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox, a warning will appear to 

notify you that un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox will delete the sanitized file. If you neglect to 

populate a required field and click the ‘OK’ button, an error message will display to indicate the 

missing field and the application will delete the previously attached files. 

After you upload a document to be attached, the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window will close 

and the document information will be displayed in a table format on the screen that displayed the 

‘Attach Documents’ button. Depending on the screen, the attachment table may display the 

section of the page the file is associated with, the file name and file extension of the document, a 

description of the document, the number of pages in the document, and whether the document 

was claimed as CBI..

 Type: Select the document type of the document that you upload. This drop-down menu 

contains the following values: ‘Aquatic Ecotoxicity,’ ‘Chemical Structure Diagram,’ ‘Fate,’ 

‘GPC,’ ‘Genetic Toxicity,’ ‘Health Toxicity,’ ‘IES Report,’ ‘Safety Datasheet,’ and 

‘Terrestrial Ecotoxicity.’ This is a required field. 

 Subtype: Select the subtype of the document that you upload. This drop-down menu 

contains the following values, which are grouped under specific document types: 

‘Partitioning (e.g., Koc, Kd, Kow, Koa, Henry’s law constant),’ ‘Hydrolysis,’ ‘Fugacity,’ 

‘Photolysis,’ ‘Monitoring data (e.g. air, water, soil, biota, human),’ ‘Biodegradation,’ 

‘Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors (BCF/BAF),’ ‘Material Safety Data 

Sheet/Safety Data Sheet (MSDS/SDS),’ ‘Technical Datasheet,’ ‘Eye Irritation,’ ‘Combined 

Repeated-Dose/Developmental/Reproductive Toxicity,’ ‘Sensitization,’ ‘Carcinogenicity,’ 

‘Repeated-Dose Toxicity,’ ‘Neurotoxicity,’ ‘Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Developmental Toxicity,’ 

‘Pharmacokinetics/Metabolism,’ ‘Dermal Irritation,’ ‘Reproductive Toxicity,’ ‘Fish Chronic 

Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Chronic Toxicity,’ ‘Algae Toxicity,’ 

‘Fish Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Chromosomal Aberrations Assay,’ ‘Unscheduled DNA Synthesis,’ 

‘Genetic Mutation Assay,’ ‘Plant Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Toxicity,’ ‘Avian Toxicity,’ and 

‘Other.’ This is a required field if available.

 Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window for you to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following 

file types: .pdf, .mol, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, 

.embl. This is a required field. 

 Description: Enter the description associated with the document. Submitters should not 

include any CBI information in the description of the file information. This is a required 

field. 

 Number of Pages: Enter the number of pages that a document has. This is a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 23

 Check to claim the attachment as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the attached 

document as confidential. Un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox for a CBI document displays a 

warning notifying you that un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox will delete the sanitized file. 

 Sanitized Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following 

file types: .pdf, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, .embl. 

For any attached document claimed as CBI, you will be required to attach a sanitized version 

of the document. 

 Cancel: Click the button to cancel the attach document process. 

 OK: Click the button to attach and link the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

window to the form. If a field is missing, a warning will display notifying you that all 

attachments must be re-attached and the missing field must be populated.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 24

Exhibit 3-21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attach Documents’ window:

Exhibit 3-21: Attach Documents Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to cancel the 

document attachment process. Click the ‘OK’ button to attach the document to the form and 

navigate back to the original screen from which the document attachment process was initiated. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 25

3.8 Search Substance Registry Services (SRS) 

The ‘Search SRS’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports 

form to identify any chemicals that may be stored in Substance Registry Services (SRS). 

Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ 

window. You can search for the reported chemical(s) by either the ‘Chemical Abstracts Service 

Registry Number’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synonym.’ The system allows you to claim the 

chemical substance(s) as CBI. If zero results are retrieved, the system provides the option of 

entering manual chemical information by clicking the ‘Create New Chemical’ button. 

The system allows you to enter each chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom 

of the ‘Search SRS’ window which is displayed when SRS successfully returns chemical results.

Once you enter all known chemical information and click the ‘OK’ button, the chemical 

information saves and populates into the chemical description table. The ‘Actions’ column of the 

‘Chemical’ table allows you to delete chemicals that have been added. 

 CASRN: Enter the CASRN of the chemical. Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or 

Other Synonym’ field is required when searching SRS. 

 CA Index Name or Other Synonym: Enter the chemical abstract ‘(CA) Index Name or 

Other Synonym’ of the chemical. This field displays the following options: ‘Matches 

Exactly,’ ‘Contains,’ and ‘Begins With.’ Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other 

Synonym’ field is required when searching SRS. 

 Search: Click the button to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or 

Other Synonym for the desired chemical. 

 Create New Chemical: Click the button to display the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance 

Registry Services’ pop-up window. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 26

Exhibit 3-22 shows the screen capture of the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window:

Exhibit 3-22: Search Substance Registry Services Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Search’ button on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window to 

initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or Other Synonym. After SRS 

returns results, select the chemical, click the ‘OK’ button on the ‘Search SRS’ window, close the 

‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window, and navigate back to the screen from which the 

SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 27

Click the ‘Create New Chemical’ button to display the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance 

Registry Services’ window and enter chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ 

and CASRN under the manual entry field set.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the entered chemical as confidential. The ‘CBI’ 

checkbox will not be displayed on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ 

window for the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances,’ ‘Polymer Identification Information,’ 

and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. 

 Chemical Name: Enter the chemical name. This is a required field. 

 CASRN: Enter the manually entered CASRN, if available.

 Maximum Percent: Enter the maximum percentage for the impurity. This field is displayed 

only in the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window on the ‘Additional 

Chemical Information’ screen. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ window. 

 OK: Click the ‘OK’ button to enter the manually entered chemical information into the fields 

on the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 28

Exhibit 3-23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry

Services’ window:

Exhibit 3-23: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘OK’ button to save the manually entered chemical information and 

navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical 

information will be populated. Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search SRS’ 

pop-up window. Click the ‘X’ located in the upper right corner to close the pop-up window and 

navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 29

3.9 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search

The ‘FRS Search’ button is displayed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen and 

the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify

the sites for which you will be reporting. 

Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ window. You 

will be able to search for a site by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ 

‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When the results are found, you will be able to add a new site by

selecting from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site 

through the manual entry fields. The system allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI.

 EPA Registry ID: Enter the EPA Registry ID. At least one search parameter must be entered 

in order for results to be returned. 

 Facility Name: Enter the facility name. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 Facility Address: Enter the facility address. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 City: Enter the facility city. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results 

to be returned. 

 State: Enter the facility state. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for 

results to be returned. 

 Postal Code: Enter the facility postal code. At least one search parameter must be entered in 

order for results to be returned. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the facility information as confidential. 

 Site Alias: Enter the site alias. This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed. 

 Search: Click the button to initiate EPA’s FRS search. 

 Add Manual Entry: Click the button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop-up 

window.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 30

Exhibit 3-24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up window: 

Exhibit 3-24: Facility Registry System Search Window 

Navigation: Select the radio button next to the site you wish to identify - only one site may be 

selected at a time. Click the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button that is displayed when FRS successfully 

returns results to input the selected site from the ‘FRS Search’ results to the screen from which 

you initiated the FRS search. Click the ‘Add Manual Entry’ button to navigate to the ‘Add 

Manual Entry’ pop-up window. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 31

 Site Name: Enter the site name. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being 

added.

 Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a 

manually entered site is being added. 

 Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the site. 

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually 

entered site is being added. 

 State: Select the state of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually 

entered site is being added. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field 

if a manually entered site is being added. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the manually entered site as confidential. 

 Site Alias: Enter the site alias for the manually entered site. This is a required field if a joint 

submission is being filed.

 Cancel: Click the button to navigate back to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up 

window.

 OK: Click the button to populate the entered site information into the table displayed on the 

screen from which you initiate the FRS search. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 32

Exhibit 3-25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop-up window: 

Exhibit 3-25: Add Manual Entry Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search FRS’ pop-up window. 

Click the ‘OK’ button to add the manually entered site information to the site fields on the screen 

from which you initiated the FRS search.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 33

4 Edit Premanufacture Notice 

Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non-exempt 

commercial purpose is required by Section 5 of TSCA to provide EPA with notice before 

initiating the activity, known as a PMN form. This PMN must be submitted at least 90 days prior 

to the manufacture or import of the chemical.

4.1 Edit PMN Form

To edit a PMN form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the 

alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to Section 3.3 for 

additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 

4.2 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by accessing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form. 

The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides fields to input identifying information for the 

specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form Alias’ to identify the form. A form 

alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate 

between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the 

system will display the alias selected by the Primary AO. The auto-generated default alias is 

comprised of a form type, date stamp and time stamp in the following format: <Form TypeYYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. 

If you select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ or ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN)’ from the 

‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, the ‘Payment ID’ and the ‘Toxic Substance (TS) Number’ 

fields are required. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. If 

you select ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, it is recommended that a cover 

letter be provided. Otherwise, a warning message will display during validation of the form. If 

you are not filing a PMN or SNUN, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent 

Information’ screen. If ‘Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA)’ is selected from the 

‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ 

screen.

The ‘PMN Identification’ section provides fields for you to enter information about other 

communications with EPA by entering a TS number and Payment ID. The TS number is 

determined by the company to identify the form for both payments and connecting related 

submissions when additional communications (Letters of Support, Joint Submissions, and 

corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE number has been assigned. The TS number can be any

six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or 

four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. 

A unique identification number for the form will display later if a Letter of Support or Joint 

Submission is being filed. The ‘Payment ID’ is a user supplied alphanumeric value that 

corresponds to the method of transactions that you used to submit the user fee (a check number, a 

wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number). The ‘Payment ID’ is a required field 

when a user is filing a PMN or SNUN.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 34

The ‘Test Data’ section provides checkboxes to identify data that is included in the type of notice 

you selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu. The following values will display as 

checkboxes: ‘Environmental fate data,’ ‘Health effects data,’ ‘Environmental effects data,’

‘Physical/Chemical properties,’ ‘Risk assessments,’ ‘Structure/Activity relationships,’ ‘Test data 

not in the possession or control of the submitter,’ and ‘Other data.’

You are required to submit all test data in your possession or control and to provide a description 

of all other data known to or reasonably ascertainable by you, if these data are related to the 

health and environmental effects on the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, 

or disposal of the new chemical substance. Standard literature citations may be submitted for 

data in the open scientific literature. Complete test data (written in English), not summaries of 

data, must be submitted if they do not appear in the open literature. You should clearly identify

whether test data is on the substance or on an analog. In addition, the chemical composition of 

the tested material should be characterized. 

The ‘Identify whether any of the below options apply’ section provides checkboxes for you to 

indicate how interactions with other companies occur within the form. If the company is filing a 

Joint Submission, a folder displays within the navigation tree for you to enter information 

concerning the Joint Submission. The unique identification number will be displayed and sent to 

the joint submitter by the primary submitter and will link the two forms together. You will also 

be able to indicate that a Letter of Support is expected with the PMN form. The Letter of Support 

will be submitted by a Secondary AO, with a unique identification number linking the forms.

If you are filing a PMN or SNUN, you will be taken to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen upon 

clicking the ‘Next’ button. If you are not filing a PMN or SNUN, you are taken to the ‘Agent 

Information’ screen upon clicking the ‘Next’ button. 

 Form Alias: Displays the form alias created by the Primary AO. This is an editable field that 

can be modified if necessary. This is a required field. 

 Type of Notice: Select a value to capture the type of notice for the PMN form. Valid values 

include: ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN),’ ‘Significant New Use Notice (SNUN),’ ‘Test 

Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA),’ ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 

723.50 (c )(1),’ ‘Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(2),’

‘LVE Modification,’ ‘LOREX Modification,’ and ‘Mock Submission.’ A Mock Submission 

is an enforcement case where the chemical was manufactured/imported in the past and is not 

currently being manufactured/imported by the company. This is a required field. 

 TS Number: Enter the TS number relating to the PMN form; this field accepts any six (6) 

character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or 

four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not 

recommended. This field is required if ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type of 

Notice’ drop-down menu. 

 Payment ID: The ‘Payment ID’ can be entered as free text, but refers to a check number, 

wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number used to transmit a fee electronically. 

This field is required if either ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ dropdown menu. 

 Environmental Fate Data: Check the ‘Environmental fate data’ checkbox to indicate that 

the form contains environmental fate data. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 35

 Health Effects Data: Check the ‘Health effects data’ checkbox to indicate that the form 

contains health effects data. 

 Environmental Effects Data: Check the ‘Environmental effects data’ checkbox to indicate 

that the form contains environmental effects data.

 Physical/Chemical Properties: Check the ‘Physical/Chemical properties’ checkbox to 

indicate that the form contains physical/chemical properties data.

 Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter: Check the ‘Test data not in the 

possession or control of the submitter’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains test data 

not in the possession or control of the submitter.

 Risk Assessments: Check the ‘Risk assessments’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains 

risk assessments data.

 Structure/Activity Relationships: Check the ‘Structure/Activity relationships’ checkbox to 

indicate that the form contains structure/activity relationships data.

 Other Data: Check the ‘Other data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains other types 

of data.

 Check here if you are filing a joint PMN: Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint 

PMN’ checkbox to indicate that a form is pending a joint PMN form. A ‘Joint Submission’ 

folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the 

bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General 

Form Information’ screen. 

 Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending: Check the ‘Check here if you have a 

Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support. 

A ‘Letter of Support’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ 

icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

on the ‘General Form Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 36

Exhibit 4-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 4-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 37

Exhibit 4-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 4-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘User Fees Certification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees 

Certification’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, 

click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.3 User Fees Certification 

You can access the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen by selecting ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ from the 

‘Type of Notice’ drop-down menu and clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 38

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Save’ icon located within 

the bottom action bar and clicking the ‘User Fees Certification’ link within the navigation tree. 

The purpose of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen is to inform EPA of how the user fees were 

paid. You will have three (3) options to select from to notify EPA which user fee was remitted. A 

company will indicate whether ‘$100’ was submitted for a small business, ‘$1,000’ was 

submitted for an intermediate PMN, or ‘$2,500’ was submitted for a large business. You can find 

the specifics of which category to file under by reviewing 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

Section 700.

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $2500 specified in 40 

CFR 700.45(b): Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in 

the amount of $2,500. One of the three user fee options must be selected. 

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $1,000 for 

Intermediate PMN (defined @ 40 CFR 700.43) in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b):

Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of 

$1,000. One of the three user fee options must be selected.

 The Company named in Part 1, Section A is a small business concern under 40 CFR 

700.43 and has remitted a fee of $100 in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b): Select this 

radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $100. One of 

the three user fee options must be selected.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 39

Exhibit 4-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen:

Exhibit 4-3: User Fees Certification Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.4 Agent Information

You can access the ‘Agent Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General 

Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also navigate to this 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen if you are filing a 

‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ Click the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree to access this 

screen. 

The ‘Agent Information’ screen displays information regarding all parties involved in populating 

the PMN form. The agent should be a person who can answer questions about the form. The 

‘Agent Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Agent’ button that displays the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up 

window that displays the fields for you to input the agent information. Previously entered 

contacts are displayed in the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent Information’ screen.

The table provides functionality for you to delete an agent by clicking the delete icon located 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 40

under the ‘Actions’ column. To edit agent information, click the agent name within the ‘Last 

Name’ column to display the previously entered agent information display in the ‘Add Agent’ 

pop-up window .

 Add Agent: Click this button to display the ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window, which provides 

fields for you to enter agent contact information.

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported agent. Click the last name link to edit the 

agent information.

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported agent. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported agent. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the agent information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific agents. A warning message displays 

to confirm deletion of the agent information. 

Exhibit 4-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Agent Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-4: Agent Information Screen
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 41

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Agent’ button to begin the process of adding agent information. 

Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Agent’ 

window. The ‘Add Agent’ pop-up window displays the fields for you to input the contact 

information for an agent. The system provides functionality to enter multiple agents. If you are 

the agent, click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the agent information with your

user information entered during CDX registration. The system provides you with the option to 

claim the agent information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each agent will 

have an individual CBI claim. After entering information for an agent, and click the ‘OK’ button,

which will populate the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent Information’ screen. 

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields 

with your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system displays a 

prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim agent information as confidential.

 First Name: Enter the agent’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

 Last Name: Enter the agent’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

 Position: Enter the agent’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the agent’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

 Phone Number: Enter the agent’s daytime phone number: United States (U.S.) or 

international. Dashes are not allowed in this field. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

 Email Address: Enter the agent’s email address. The email address must follow the standard 

email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration.

 City: Enter the city of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

 State: Select the state of the agent’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 42

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration.

 Country: Select the country of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy 

CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration.

Exhibit 4-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Agent’ window:

Exhibit 4-5: Add Agent Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to stop the 

process of entering agent information and return back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen without 

populating agent information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered agent 

information in the agent information table and navigate back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 43

4.5 Technical Contact Information

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The technical contact should be able to answer, or obtain answers to, questions related to the 

chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form. The technical contact does not have to 

physically work at the site reported on the form, but must be readily available by phone or email.

The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that 

displays the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up 

window presents fields for you to input the technical contact information.

The technical contacts table located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered 

for each technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window. The table provides 

functionality for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the 

‘Actions’ column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within 

the ‘Last Name’ column to display the previously entered technical contact information in the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ pop-up window.

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add

Technical Contact’ pop-up window, which provides fields for you to enter technical contact 

information. 

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the last name link 

to edit the technical contact information. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ 

or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific technical contacts. A warning 

message displays to confirm deletion of the technical contact information. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 44

Exhibit 4-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-6: Technical Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical 

contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submission 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical 

Contact’ window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window displays the fields for you to 

input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple 

technical contacts. If you are the technical contact, click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to 

populate the technical contact information with your user information entered during CDX 

registration. The system provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information 

as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technical contact will have an individual 

CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact, click the ‘OK’ button, which 

will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields 

with your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system displays a

prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 45

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the technical contact’s daytime United States (U.S.) phone number. 

Dashes are not allowed in this field. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, 

the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the city of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy 

CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. 

If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 46

Exhibit 4-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 4-7: Add Technical Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to return 

to the Technical Contact Information screen without saving the technical contact information.

Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and 

navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 47

4.6 Additional Submission Information

You can access the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen gathers resources concerning the PMN form 

that references generic information for the form that allows EPA to set a base point for the 

project.

The ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ is a number given to a user during past communication 

with EPA. This number is required if you are filing a consolidated PMN. EPA must approve all 

consolidated PMN forms prior to submission. 

EPA uses the ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ in a case number format to continue the 

link of past, current, and future documents. This number allows EPA to associate previous 

renditions of the current submission in the PMN process. 

The ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ is listed to show the company previously contacted EPA 

to determine whether the chemical in question was previously listed on the TSCA inventory. 

On this screen, a company must also declare whether the newly registered chemical will be 

manufactured or imported. You will have the option to select ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ and 

depending on whether the company only intends to do one or both of the available options, the 

system provides ‘Binding’ checkboxes to indicate a binding option. The binding option 

demonstrates that you intend to only do the one option selected and would be willing to legally 

bind to that situation if EPA chooses to regulate that chemical. The purpose of the binding option 

is to enable EPA (if necessary) to efficiently negotiate with a PMN submitter the development of 

§5(e) consent orders and promulgate Significant New Use Rules (SNUR) for those new chemical 

substances that the Agency determines may present an unreasonable risk if certain control 

actions are not implemented. This option is intended to reduce delays that can slow the 

development of consent orders absent such agreement. At one time, SNUR were limited to 

environmental release activities and certain industrial, commercial, or consumer activities, but 

now they can include other important activities, such as protection in the workplace and hazard 

communications. Control measures instituted by the submitter to reduce exposures and/or 

releases of the substance may have a direct bearing on the Agency's conclusions regarding risk. 

Therefore, you may wish to indicate your willingness to be bound to certain submitted 

information on the form, which relates to the issue of potential risk such as use, production 

volume, protective equipment, engineering controls, and/or process description. By indicating 

your willingness to make these commitments, you would be indicating an interest in future 

negotiations if the Agency deems them necessary.

 Prenotice Communication Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Prenotice 

Communication Number’ to indicate that there is no prenotice communication number; the 

fields will become hidden on the page. Un-check the ‘None’ checkbox to re-display the

‘Prenotice Communication Number’ fields. 

 Prenotice Communication Number: Enter the prenotice communication number to 

associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual 

entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. Click 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 48

the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. 

This field is required if a form is a consolidated submission. 

 Prenotice Communication Number - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an 

individual prenotice communication number as confidential.

 Previously Submitted Notice Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the 

‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no previously submitted 

notice number; the fields will become hidden on the page. Un-check the ‘None’ checkbox to 

re-display the ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ fields. 

 Previously Submitted Notice Number: Enter the previously submitted notice number to 

associate with a previous contact with EPA. This number must be entered in a case number 

format and accepts alphanumeric characters and dashes. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an 

individual entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual 

entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to 

add entries. This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.

 Previously Submitted Notice Number - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an 

individual previously submitted notice number as confidential. 

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number - None: Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Bona Fide 

Intent Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no bona fide intent notice number; the fields

will become hidden on the page. Un-check the ‘None’ checkbox to re-display the ‘Bona Fide 

Intent Notice Number’ fields. 

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number: Enter the bona fide intent notice number to associate 

with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry. 

Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. Click the 

‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. This 

field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.

 Bona Fide Intent Notice Number – CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual 

bona fide intent notice number as confidential. 

 Manufacture: Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to claim the intent to manufacture. 

 Manufacture – Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to manufacture 

information as binding. 

 Import: Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to claim the intent to import. 

 Import – Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to import information as 

binding.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 49

Exhibit 4-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-8: Additional Submission Information Screen

Navigation: If you are not filing a Joint PMN or Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by 

clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. If you are submitting a 

Joint Submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. 

You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. If you have a Letter of Support pending and are not submitting a joint 

submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 50

4.7 Joint Submitter Information

You can access the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Additional Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ 

link within the navigation tree to add an additional joint submitter; a maximum of two joint 

submitters may be listed in a PMN form. 

The ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter contact information regarding the joint 

submitter that will be submitting separate information regarding the PMN form. The joint 

submitter will be sent the unique identification number by the primary AO. The provided email 

address will be used to send the joint submitter the unique identification number.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter contact information as 

confidential. When you claim CBI, you are stating that the information is confidential and 

should not be released to the public.

 First Name: Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the joint submitter’s job title.

 Company Name: Enter the joint submitter’s company name. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the joint submitter’s daytime U.S. phone number. Dashes are not 

allowed in this field. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the joint submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a 

required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the joint submitter’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the city of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the joint submitter’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. 

This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the joint submitter’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 51

Exhibit 4-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-9: Joint Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.8 Joint Submission Information

You can access the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point between two 

companies. The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen displays fields that capture information 

that will be passed on to the joint submitter. A text box is used by the Primary AO or Primary

Agent/Consultant to send information to the joint submitter in an unencrypted email . A ‘Unique 

Identifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification 

number displays when a user declares a joint submission is being established.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 52

Joint Submission Process: When a Primary AO, Primary Agent/Consultant, or Primary Support 

designates that a joint submission is being filed, you will be asked to enter contact information 

for a joint submitter. When the Primary AO or Primary Agent/Consultant navigates to the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ screen, the Primary AO or Primary Agent/Consultant can choose to 

send an email to the joint submitter identified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. The 

email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. 

When the joint submitter (Secondary AO or Secondary Agent/Consultant) accesses the ‘Section 

5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form, the joint submitter will be 

prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the 

unique identification number has been entered, the system will link the primary and joint forms. 

The original notice will not undergo a review process until all forms have been received.

 Joint Submission Information: Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending 

to the joint submitter. 

 Unique Identification for Joint Submission: The unique identification number is a random 

number generated to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission. 

 Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission: Click the link to display the 

unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to the joint 

submitter.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 53

Exhibit 4-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-10: Joint Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access 

the unique identifier notification pop-up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support form. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. Click 

the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen if you are 

submitting a Letter of Support. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of 

Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.8.1 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 54

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique 

identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to 

add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and 

an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the Primary AO who created the form.

 CC: This field automatically populates with the email address of the user who created the 

original form and the email address of the technical contact. Enter in additional email 

addresses if necessary. 

 To: Contains instructional text for you to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the 

editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ 

screen; this email address will be pre-populated upon navigating to the unique identifier 

notification window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a 

joint submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be 

passed onto the joint submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses 

identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 55

Exhibit 4-11 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 4-11: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to 

the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to 

exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission 

Information’ screen.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 56

4.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by 

clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are 

only filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission 

Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. Click 

the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. An 

unlimited number of Letters of Supports can be identified for each form. Click the ‘Remove’ link 

( ) within the navigation tree to delete a Letter of Support. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter contact information for the 

Letter of Support submitter who will be submitting separate information for the PMN form. The 

provided email address will be used to send the Letter of Support submitter the unique 

identification number to create the Letter of Support.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter contact information as 

confidential.

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international daytime phone 

number; dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address. 

 City: Enter the city of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This 

is a required field. 

 Country: Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the 

drop-down menu. This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 57

Exhibit 4-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.10 Letter of Support Submission Information

You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen displays fields 

that capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter. A field titled ‘Special 

Information’ is used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent by 

the primary submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 58

display on this screen. The unique identification number displays when you declare a Letter of 

Support is being established.

Letter of Support Submission Process: When you designate that a Letter of Support is 

pending, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support’ folder. 

When the primary submitter chooses to, the system will send an email to the Letter of Support 

submitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. The email will 

contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. 

When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ 

screen and clicks the ‘Start New Form’ button, the Letter of Support submitter will be prompted 

to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique 

identification number has been entered, the system will link the primary and Letter of Support 

forms. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of 

Support as needed.

 Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions: Enter the information that the 

Primary AO, Primary Agent/Consultant, or Primary Support is sending to the Letter of 

Support submitter. 

 Unique Identification Number: The unique identification number is a random number 

generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support form.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 59

Exhibit 4-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 4-13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link 

to navigate to the unique identifier notification pop-up window. If you are filing two or more 

Letters of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ screen. If you are already on the second Letter of Support folder, or are only filing 

one Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical 

Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ 

link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 60

4.10.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the 

unique identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for 

you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ 

field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the Primary AO that created the form.

 CC: This automatically populates with the email address of the Primary AO that created the 

form and the email address of the technical contact. This is an editable field; enter any 

additional email addresses if necessary. 

 To: Contains instructional text for you to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the 

editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the 

unique identifier notification window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email 

should be sent to. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will be sent in the email to a Letter of 

Support submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be 

passed onto the Letter of Support submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email address identified 

in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 61

Exhibit 4-10 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 4-14: Unique Identifier Notification Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support Submitter and 

navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon to 

exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen.

4.11 Chemical Identification 

You can navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Additional Submission Information’ screen if you have not identified a joint submitter and/or 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 62

Letter of Support submitter. You can access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Joint Submission Information’ screen if you have identified a joint submitter. You can navigate 

to this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ 

screen if you have identified a Letter of Support submitter. You can also navigate to this screen 

by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Chemical Identification’ screen identifies the type of chemical the submitter will be 

entering into the application. You will be able to file a PMN form for a class 1 or 2 chemical 

substance or a polymer. Based on your selection, the appropriate screens for the respective 

chemical will appear. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, clicking 

the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will display the ‘Class 

1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Polyme r’ radio 

button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will 

display the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ 

screen within the navigation tree. 

This screen provides a field to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The alias is a field 

that will rename the chemical folder within the navigation tree. The chemical alias is only

required if a Joint Submission or Letter of Support is being filed. The alias field will allow you to 

identify chemicals in a consolidated chemical submission.

 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance: Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio 

button to indicate that the chemical type is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the 

‘Polymer’ radio button after selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the 

application displays an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this 

chemical if the chemical type changes. Selecting a chemical type is required. 

 Polymer: Select the ‘Polymer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical type is a polymer. If 

you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after selecting the ‘Polymer’ 

radio button, the application displays an error message warning you that you will lose all data 

for this chemical if the chemical type changes. Selecting a chemical type is required.

 Chemical Alias: Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. This field will autogenerate a chemical alias in the navigation tree if this field is left blank. This field is required 

if the form is pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 63

Exhibit 4-15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-15: Chemical Identification Screen

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

If you selected the ‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to add a consolidated 

chemical. 

4.12 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances

You can access this screen if you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on 

the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen and clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information

describing the chemical for which the PMN is to be filed. This screen will outline the unique 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 64

chemical properties that show the name, composition, and structure of the chemical. The system 

provides fields for you to identify several key aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. 

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

displays an expandable/collapsible field set containing numerous fields for you to enter 

information pertaining to that particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, create another field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals 

are always generated together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button, the application displays a field set containing numerous fields for 

you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical 

components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All 

multi-component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. 

For a consolidated submission, create and identify chemicals in separate chemical folders by 

clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree.

For a class 1 substance chemical structure diagram, provide a complete and correct chemical 

structure diagram. A class 1 structural diagram should clearly and completely indicate the 

identity of the atoms and the nature and location of the bonds joining the atoms. Provide ionic 

charges and known stereo chemical details. Carbon atoms in ring systems do not need to be 

explicitly shown. 

For a class 2 substance chemical structure diagram: 

1) List the immediate precursor substances with their respective CASRN. 

2) Describe the nature of the reaction or process. 

3) Indicate the range of composition and the typical composition (where appropriate). 

4) Provide a correct representative or partial chemical structure diagram, as complete as can 

be known, if one can be reasonably ascertained. 

Provide partial, complete, or representative structural diagrams to the extent possible. The 

diagram should indicate the characteristic or variable compositional structural components of the 

substance. If you are unsure of the exact structure, provide the best information you have and 

indicate that it is your best estimate of the chemical structure.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the 

class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 65

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 B.1.a Class of Substance: In section B.1.a, you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ 

chemical substance is being reported. A substance class must be selected. 

 Class 1: Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A 

‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entity that can be represented by a single, definite 

structural diagram. 

 Class 2: Select the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. A 

‘Class 2’ substance is a substance whose composition cannot be represented by a single, 

definite chemical structural diagram. Class 2 substances include substances of unknown, 

variable, or uncertain composition, complex mixtures or reaction products, or well-defined 

substances without specific structures. A ‘Class 2 Substances’ link will displays within the 

navigation tree after clicking the ‘

 B.1.a Class of Substance - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Class of 

Substance’ as confidential. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.8 for additional information regarding the 

search SRS functionality.

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window, if applicable. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. For class 1 substances, a ‘Chemical Abstracts 

(CA) Index Name’ must be provided. For class 2 substances either a ‘CA Index Name’ or 

‘CA Preferred Name’ must be provided, whichever is appropriate based on current CA 

nomenclature rules and conventions. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential. Checking this 

checkbox displays the ‘Generic chemical name’ text box.

 B.6 Generic Chemical Name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This 

field only displays when ‘CASRN’ and ‘Chemical Name’ are marked as ‘CBI.’ This is a 

required field if the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked. 

 B.1.c ID Method: In section B.1.c, you identify the ID method. An ID method must be 

selected.

 Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service): Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service)’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS Inventory Expert Service (IES) 

method and display the ‘IES Order #’ field. A copy of the identification report obtained from 

the CAS Inventory Expert Services must be submitted as an attachment to this notice; an IES 

report is required. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except 

when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. 

 Method 2 (Other Method): Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify

the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 66

Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN) database report or a CAS Client 

Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ The chemical can only be ‘Method 2’ if the 

consolidated submission is pending a Letter of Support. 

 IES Order #: Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the 

‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected. This is a required field

when displayed. 

 B.1.d Molecular Formula: Enter the molecular formula associated with a chemical. The 

molecular formula must give the correct identity and number of atoms of each element 

contained in the PMN molecule or a description if the substance is a class 2 material. The 

system will not allow subscripts and superscripts to be used. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Molecular Formula’ data as confidential. 

 B.1.e Chemical Structure Diagram – Select Section: Select the section of the page with 

which the file is associated that you intend to attach from the drop-down menu. This dropdown menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ 

This field is required to upload an attachment.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for further details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to 

view and/or edit an attached document.

 Description: Displays the description of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered within the 

expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered 

information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the 

‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 67

Exhibit 4-16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 68

Exhibit 4-17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Class 2’ 

radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.13 Class 2 Substances

You can access the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen by selecting the ‘Class 2’ radio button for the 

‘Class of Substance’ field on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 69

‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within 

the navigation tree. 

The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen captures information regarding a class 2 chemical substance. A 

class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has 

been identified. This screen provides fields to identify specific elements in the creation of the 

chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of 

Composition.’

Enter precursor substances by searching SRS or using manual entry when the substance is not in 

SRS. The selected substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN.’ 

The system provides fields to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text 

boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed 

as CBI.

 B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances: Captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor 

substances, along with the respective CASRNs. 

 B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the precursor 

substances information as confidential. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click 

the ‘Chemical Name’ link to display the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window to make edits. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN, if applicable, associated with a precursor substance. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the 

system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical. 

 B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction: Enter the nature of the reaction or process description. 

 B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the nature of 

reaction information as confidential. 

 B.1.e.3 Range of Composition: Enter the range of composition and the typical composition 

description. 

 B.1.e.3 Range of Composition - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the range of 

composition information as confidential. 

 B.1.e.3 Range of Composition - Section: Select the section with which the document you 

intend to attach is associated from the drop-down menu. This is a required field. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and initiate the document upload process. Refer to Section 3.7 for further 

details regarding the attach document functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section associated with a document. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 70

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.

Exhibit 4-18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 71

Exhibit 4-19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

4.14 Additional Chemical Information

You can navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen by selecting the ‘Class 1’ 

radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the ‘Next’ button, by

clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 72

The ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen captures information regarding the chemicals 

produced as byproducts and impurities when a chemical is manufactured. This screen also 

captures other names for the chemical identified in the ‘Synonyms’ and ‘Trade Identification’ 

tables. 

An ‘Impurities’ table displays information regarding the impurities that may be reasonably 

anticipated to be in the respective chemical or polymer as manufactured for commercial purpose. 

To populate the table, click the ‘Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window.

You will also be able to enter a chemical using the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ field (if 

applicable) on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. If 

there are unidentified impurities, enter “unidentified.” You also have the option of claiming the 

chemical as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. A ‘Maximum %’ field is also 

displayed which captures the maximum percentage for the impurity. Documents may be attached 

for the ‘Impurities’ section. 

A ‘Byproducts’ table captures and displays information regarding the byproducts that may be 

produced from the manufacture of the respective chemical or polymer. To populate the table, 

click the ‘Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window and populate the table. 

You will also be able to enter data and attach documents for the ‘Byproducts’ section. You may

associate a CASRN with a byproduct (if applicable) and check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim a 

byproduct as confidential. 

A ‘Synonyms’ table provides fields to capture the synonyms that the respective chemical or 

polymer may be referred to in documentation. The chemical synonyms will not be populated 

using the search SRS functionality. You may attach documents associated with the ‘Synonyms’ 

section to provide additional synonyms.

A ‘Trade Identification’ table provides fields to capture information about the trade names by

which the respective chemical or polymer may be referred in documentation. You may attach a 

document associated with the ‘Trade Identification’ section to provide additional trade names if 

necessary.

The ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window provides fields to upload documents related to the 

‘Impurities,’ ‘Byproducts,’ ‘Synonyms,’ and/or ‘Trade Identification’ section(s). To add a 

document, select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the 

‘Section’ drop-down menu, and click the ‘Attach Document’ button. Clicking the ‘Attach 

Document’ button displays the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. For additional details about 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window, please refer to Section 3.3. The attachments table 

displays the section of the page the document is associated with, the file name and file extension 

of the document, the document description, the number of pages in the document, and if the 

document was claimed CBI. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to 

delete unwanted documents. Click a file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to display the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window to view and/or edit an attached document.

 B.3 Impurities - Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.8 for further details 

regarding the search SRS functionality. 

 Impurity: Displays the name of the impurity. An impurity is a chemical substance that you 

did not intend to be present with your PMN substance. Your intent is thus the primary
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 73

determinant as to impurity status. List all known impurities that are present, regardless of 

their weight percent. List the expected maximum percentage of each impurity and indicate its 

confidentiality status. An impurity may be suggestive of chemical precursors or chemical 

processes. Click the ‘Impurity’ link to navigate to the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ 

pop-up window to edit chemical information for an impurity. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN for the impurity (if applicable). 

 Maximum %: Displays the maximum percentage for the impurity. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the impurity by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire impurity entry permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 B.7 Byproducts - Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. 

 Byproduct Name: Displays the name of the byproduct. Describe any byproducts resulting 

from the manufacture, processing, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. List any 

byproducts that you reasonably anticipate will result from the manufacture, processing, use,

and disposal of the new chemical substance at sites under your control. Clicking the 

‘Byproduct Name’ link displays the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window to 

view and/or edit byproduct information. Provide the specific chemical name, CAS numbers if 

they can be determined, and the confidential status of the byproducts formed. If no 

byproducts are formed, enter “None” or leave the section blank. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN for the byproduct (if applicable). 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the byproduct by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire byproduct entry permanently from 

the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 B.4 Synonyms - Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. 

 B.4 Synonyms - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Synonym’ field set as 

confidential. 

 Synonym: Enter the synonym of the chemical; there is a maximum of five chemical 

synonyms that can be added in the ‘Synonyms’ table. Additional synonyms can be provided 

in an attachment. Synonyms include common chemical names used in scientific or technical 

literature, and code numbers or code names referenced in the PMN and its attachments. 

Indicate which synonyms may be proprietary and require CBI protection. Chemical name 

synonyms must be consistent with the chemical structure and thus not misleading. If you add 

a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating 

that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click 

the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the form icon ( ), 

edit the entered values and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value, an error 

will display. 

 Action: Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for synonyms. Click the ‘Save’ icon 

( ) to save a chemical synonym. Click the ‘Form’ icon that appears after saving ( ) to edit 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 74

a chemical synonym. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added chemical 

synonym. 

 B.5 Trade Identification - Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the 

‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. 

 B.5 Trade Identification - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the trade identification 

section as confidential. 

 Trade Name: Enter the trade identification name. List any trade name that is used or will be 

used for the neat chemical substance, whether or not they are registered brands/trademarks. 

There is no limit to the number of trade names that can be added. Indicate the CBI status of 

trade names. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no 

error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in 

a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If 

you click the edit icon, change the entered value(s) and click the ‘Next’ button without 

saving the changed value(s), an error message will display. 

 Action: Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for trade identification names. Click 

the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save a trade name. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit a trade name. 

Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added trade name. 

 Select Section: Select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the 

drop-down menu. This drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Byproducts,’ 

‘Impurities,’ ‘Synonyms,’ and ‘Trade Identification.’ This is a required field. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for further details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the document is associated. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 75

Exhibit 4-20 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 

1):

Exhibit 4-20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 76

Exhibit 4-21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 

2):

Exhibit 4-21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and 

Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.15 Polymer Identification Information

You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen when you select the ‘Polymer’ radio button. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 77

The ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen captures information describing the polymer(s) 

for which the PMN will be filed. This screen will outline the unique chemical properties that 

show the name, composition, and structure of the polymer. The system will provide fields for 

you to identify several key aspects concerning a polymer’s identity. 

You can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon 

clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set displays that 

contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. You are able to enter multiple 

chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify.

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

displays a field set containing numerous fields that captures information pertaining to that 

particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create 

another field set. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals 

always display together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button, the application displays a field set that provides numerous fields to enter 

information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each 

with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each 

additional chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All multi-component chemicals 

will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.

For a consolidated submission, create separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add 

Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. This will generate a ‘Chemical 

Identification’ screen. A form may contain a maximum of six (6) separate chemical folders.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display a 

polymer identification information expandable/collapsible field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and delete the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.8 for additional information regarding the 

search SRS functionality.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 78

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window, if applicable.

 Chemical Name: Displays the name of the chemical that has been identified on the ‘Search 

Substance Registry Services’ pop-up window. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential. Checking this 

checkbox displays the ‘Generic chemical name’ text box. 

 B.6 Generic chemical name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field 

displays when ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ are claimed CBI. This is a required field

when displayed. 

 B.1.c ID Method: In section B.1.c, you identify the ID method. A method ID must be 

selected.

 Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service): Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service)’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS Inventory Expert Service 

method. Submit a copy of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory Expert 

Services as an attachment to this notice. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must 

be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. 

Selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button displays the ‘IES 

Order #’ field. 

 Method 2 (Other Method): Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify

the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a STN

database report or a CAS Client Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ If the chemical is 

pending a Letter of Support, the method can only be ‘Method 2.’ 

 IES Order #: Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the 

‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected. This is a required field 

when displayed.

 Section: Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated. This 

drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID 

Method.’ It is required that a document be attached for the ID method if the ‘Method 1’ radio 

button is selected.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality.

 Section: Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ window. Click the file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to view 

and/or edit an attached document. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 79

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field 

set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ 

buttons. 

Exhibit 4-22 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-22: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 80

Exhibit 4-23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.16 Monomers and Other Reactants

You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 81

The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and 

monomers that make up a polymer. The screen is divided into two sections to identify different 

elements describing a polymer: ‘Polymer Weight Information’ and ‘Monomers and Other 

Reactants.’ 

In the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ section, enter the typical weight percent of each 

monomer or other reactant in the polymer. Enter the maximum weight percent of each monomer 

or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as manufactured for 

commercial purposes. The maximum residual should be less than the typical composition. Do 

not use parts per million (ppm) units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%).

 B.2.a Polymer Weight Information -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

‘Polymer Weight Information’ section as confidential. 

 Method of Measurement: Only a single response option can be selected for ‘Method of 

Measurement;’ valid values include ‘GPC’ and ‘Other (Specify).’ This is a required field. 

 GPC: Select ‘GPC’ to identify the method of measurement as Gel-permeation 

chromatography (GPC). GPC is a well-established method for establishing the number 

average molecular weight (Mn) and weight fractions below 500 and 1,000 Daltons. It may not 

be useful for all polymer evaluations; however, solubility problems and misleading 

calibration standards can lead to questionable GPC data. Correction estimates can be 

documented and presented in cases where only a soluble fraction of the polymer can be 

analyzed.

 Other (Specify): Select ‘Other (Specify) to identify another method of measurement.

Selecting this option generates the ‘Specify other method of measure’ text field. 

 Specify other method of measure: Enter the method of measurement when you select the 

‘Other (Specify)’ radio button as the method of measurement. This field only displays when 

the ‘Other (Specify’ radio button is selected. This is a required field when the ‘Other 

(Specify)’ radio button is selected. 

 (i) lowest number avg. molecular weight: Enter the lowest number average molecular 

weight; the entered value must be a positive numerical value and can contain decimal values. 

This is a required field. 

 (ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight: Enter the maximum weight percentage 

below 500 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater 

than or equal to zero (0), but less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal 

values. This value must be less than the value specified in the ‘(iii) max. weight % below 

1000 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field. 

 (iii) max. weight % below 1000 molecular weight: Enter the maximum weight percentage 

below 1,000 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater 

than or equal to zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal 

values. This value must be greater than or equal to the value specified in the ‘(ii) max. weight 

% below 500 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.

 Add Monomer: Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to display the monomer 

expandable/collapsible field set.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 82

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is 

displayed when the information is saved in a field set. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.8 for additional details regarding the search 

SRS functionality. 

 Monomer or Other Reactant: Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. 

 Include in Identity: Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for 

‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification. 

 Monomer or Other Reactant - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the monomer or 

other reactant name and CASRN as confidential. 

 CAS Registry Number: Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance 

Registry Services’ pop-up window. 

 Typical Composition: Enter the typical composition value that a monomer contributes to a 

polymer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less 

than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal values. If the value entered is 

less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or 

during the submission process indicating that the typical composition is a value that is less 

than or equal to 2 percent and asking you whether it should be included in the chemical 

identity. This is a required field. 

 Typical Composition - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Typical Composition’ 

as confidential. 

 Maximum Residual: Enter the maximum residual value. Indicate the maximum weight 

percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as 

manufactured for commercial purposes. Enter a percent value less than or equal to the 

maximum weight, do not use ppm units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%). The value entered must be a 

positive numerical value that is less than or equal to the typical composition value. This is a 

required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 83

 Maximum Residual - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Maximum Residual’ 

field as confidential. 

 Save: Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field 

set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field 

set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ 

buttons. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 84

Exhibit 4-24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 85

Exhibit 4-25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link 

within the navigation tree.

4.17 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen by clicking 

the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this

screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

The ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen collects different information 

regarding a chemical’s production and hazard elements. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 86

Production Volume: The ‘Production Volume’ section captures information about production 

for the respective chemical or polymer for the ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ and the 

‘Maximum 12-month production.’ The ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ value should be 

less than or equal to the ‘Maximum 12-month production’ value. The maximum volume is up to

100,000,000,000,000 kg/year for either field. The entered values will automatically display

decimal points. Decimals are allowed up to the milligram (.000001). Estimates should be on a 

100% new chemical substance basis. Your production volumes should be estimated as accurately 

as possible, but you are not bound to your estimates unless you check the ‘Binding’ checkbox. 

Include amounts you intend to produce for export. Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of 

production and the maximum production volume for any consecutive 12-month period during the 

first 3 years of commercial manufacture. You may upload an attachment to enter additional 

production information. 

Hazard Information: The ‘Hazard Information’ section captures information regarding hazards 

that the company chooses to disclose. In order for EPA to take respirator use into account when 

evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify a respirator 

that is appropriate for the types of anticipated exposures. For the same reason, all respirators 

must be certified by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), and be 

referenced in the MSDS as “NIOSH certified” respirators. 

If any type of risk assessment is prescribed to determine personal protective equipment (PPE) 

requirements, such risk assessment must be performed by a qualified Industrial Hygienist (IH) or 

other authorized occupational safety and health specialist. 

Engineering controls are the preferred methods for managing workplace exposures to hazards. If 

these controls are inadequate or lacking, personal protective equipment must be used. 

For EPA to take glove use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the 

MSDS for the substance must specify gloves that are impervious to the substances of concern, as 

well as suitable for the type of tasks. 

Close-fitting goggles or a full-face piece facemask are preferred for vapor, mist, or fume 

exposures, or wherever workplace contaminants can readily bypass loose-fitting equipment. 

The information is collected in a file attachment. The system will display instructional text for 

you to identify which forms should be uploaded. 

Provide the MSDS for the PMN substance or intermediate or product mixture (that contains it) as 

an attachment to the PMN. Also, include hazard warning statements or labels, if relevant. The 

personal protection requirements of the MSDS become integral requirements of an LVE notice. 

 C.1.Production Volume - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the production volume 

information as confidential. 

 C.1.Production Volume - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the production 

volume information as binding. 

 Maximum First 12-Month Production: Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of 

production. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 

100,000,000,000,000 kilograms (kg)/year. This field accepts decimals to the milligram and is 

a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 87

 Maximum 12-Month Production: Enter the data associated with the production volume. 

Provide an estimate of the maximum production volume for any consecutive 12-month 

period during the first three (3) years of commercial manufacture. The entered value must be 

a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/year. This value must be 

greater than or equal to the ‘Maximum first 12-month production’ value. This field accepts 

decimals to the milligram and is a required field. 

 3.Hazard Information - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the hazard 

information as binding.

 Section: Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated. This 

drop-down menu contains the following value: ‘Production Information’ and ‘Hazard 

Information.’ 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 Section: Displays the section with which the document is associated. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description for a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 88

Exhibit 4-26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety

Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.18 Use Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen’ screen. You can also access this

screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about how the new chemical substance is 

intended to be used by function and application. “Function” refers to the physical and chemical 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 89

properties of the substance. “Application” refers to how the substance is used in particular 

processes or products. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains instructional text and 

an ‘Add Use’ button. When you click the ‘Add Use’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set 

will open and display the ‘Use Information’ fields. Upon saving the entry, the 

expandable/collapsible field set collapses and displays the ‘Category of Use’ and ‘Production %’ 

values. 

You will first enter a description for the ‘Category of Use’ field. Each use will center on the 

‘Category of Use’ and the different variables surrounding it. The category of use information 

should be specific enough to allow EPA reviewers to anticipate potential exposure patterns for 

the new substance (e.g. merely indicating “Dye” is not sufficient – is it photographic dye, a 

reactive dye for nylon fibers, or a dye to be incorporated in a polymer making film?). LVE 

notices limit you to your stated category of use(s), so make sure your description fully

encompasses all intended uses for any LVE. When you claim the ‘Category of Use’ as CBI, you 

are required to enter a ‘Generic Use Description.’ The generic use description will be available 

publicly. 

The table will capture the different elements of use that the PMN form captures. The ‘Production 

%’ and ‘% in Formulation’ values will be captured to indicate how the product will be used and 

at what percent in that use. Each use must capture the percent of the production and percent in 

formulation for each category of use. ‘Production %’ is captured and must equal up to 100% for 

all uses. The ‘Production %’ value can be declared CBI. The ‘% in Formulation’ value is 

captured for a use and can equal up to 100%. The ‘% in Formulation’ field may be claimed as 

CBI. 

The ‘% of substance expected’ per use is captured for the following categories: ‘Site Limited,’ 

‘Consumer,’ ‘Industrial,’ and ‘Commercial.’ The ‘% of substance expected’ value must total 

100%. The ‘% of substance expected’ values can be claimed as CBI or listed as binding. These 

use types are used to determine the risks that the chemical will place on society.

 Add Use: Click the ‘Add Use’ button to add an use information expandable/collapsible field 

set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is 

displayed after the information in a field set is saved. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Use’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 90

 Category of Use: Enter the category of use for the specific chemical substance by function 

and application. This is a required field. 

 Category of Use - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the category of use information 

as confidential and display the ‘Generic Use Description’ field. Claiming the ‘Category of 

Use’ field as CBI and then un-checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox displays a confirmation message 

that all attached documents will be deleted. 

 Category of Use - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the category of use 

information as binding.

 C.2.b Generic Use Description: Enter the generic use description of the chemical. This field 

is displayed when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. If you claim any category of 

use description as confidential, enter a generic description of that category. This field is 

required when displayed. 

 Total Production for this Use: Enter an estimate of the percent of total production for the 

first three years devoted to each category of use for the specific chemical. The entered value 

must be a value greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field 

allows for decimal values. This is a required field.

 Total Production for this Use - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Total 

Production for this Use’ information as confidential. 

 In Formulation: Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated in mixture, 

suspensions, emulsions, solutions, or gels as manufactured for commercial purposes at sites 

under your control associated with each category of use. The entered value must be a value 

greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field allows for 

decimal values. This is a required field. 

 In Formulation - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘In Formulation’ information 

as confidential.

 % of substance expected per use - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage 

of substance expected per use information as confidential.

 % of substance expected per use - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the 

percentage of substance expected per use information as binding. 

 Site Limited: Enter the site-limited percentage of substance expected per use for the 

submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal 

values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. For 

example, site-limited means the substance will only be used on the contiguous property unit 

where manufactured and will not intentionally be removed from the site except for waste 

disposal. 

 Consumer*: Enter the consumer percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted 

substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal values. Break 

down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Consumer use means 

that private individuals will use the chemical substance or products containing the substance 

for personal use or enjoyment. 

 Industrial: Enter the industrial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted 

substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal values. Break 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 91

down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Industrial use means that 

the chemical substance or product containing the substance will be used at the locations of 

other manufacturers or processors. 

 Commercial: Enter the commercial percentage of substance expected per use for the 

submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zeros. This field allows for decimal 

values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Indicate 

percentage of product volume expected for the listed “use” sectors. Commercial use refers to 

the chemical substance or product containing the chemical substance being used by a 

company to provide a consumer service. 

 *If you have provided a “consumer” use, provide details - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the “If you have provided a ‘consumer’ use, provide details” information 

as confidential. 

 *If you have provided a “consumer” use, provide details: Enter consumer use details. 

Provide a detailed description of the use(s) of this chemical substance in consumer products. 

In addition, include estimates of the concentration of the new chemical substance as expected 

in consumer products and describe the chemical reactions by which this substance loses its 

identity in the consumer product. This is a required field if the ‘Consumer % of substance 

expected per use’ field is populated.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description for a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document.

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 

 Save: Click the button to save and validate all data entered in the use information 

expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered 

information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the 

‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 

 Production Total: Displays the total production percentage for all uses. This value must be 

equal to 100, unless a Joint PMN or Letter of Support is pending, in which case the total 

value requirement is not immediately applicable. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 92

Exhibit 4-27 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1) 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 93

Exhibit 4-28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical 

Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 94

4.19 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen is used to capture optional 

information about a chemical’s properties. The chemical properties are used by EPA to 

determine additional safety data about a chemical as well as the risks and exposures of the 

chemicals.

The properties for a chemical are captured in an expandable/collapsible field set format. The 

following categories may apply to a chemical: ‘Physical state of a neat substance,’ ‘Vapor 

Pressure @ temperature,’ ‘Density/relative density,’ ‘Solubility @ temperature ___ solvent ___,’ 

‘Solubility in water @ temperature ___,’ ‘Melting temperature,’ ‘Boiling/sublimation 

temperature @ ____ torr pressure,’ ‘Spectra,’ ‘Dissociation constant,’ ‘Particle size distribution,’ 

‘Octanol/water partition coefficient,’ ‘Henry’s Law constant,’ ‘Volatilization from water,’ 

‘Volatilization from soil,’ ‘pH @ concentration ___,’ ‘Flammability,’ ‘Explodability,’ and 

‘Absorption/coefficient.’ All of the properties will capture the relevant values for a chemical. 

Each property may be claimed individually as CBI. 

To enter physical/chemical property information, select a physical/chemical property from the 

drop-down menu and click the ‘Add Property’ button. The expandable/collapsible field set will 

expand and display all the fields that should be entered for that property. You are then able to 

enter all relevant information regarding that property. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. When all information is entered, click the ‘Save’ button. Each property may only be 

entered once per chemical. 

You may also enter an option for ‘Other.’ The ‘Other’ option will allow you to enter a userspecified property and any relevant values. The property will capture the relevant values for the 

chemical and the property measurement can be identified as ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated.’ The 

‘Other’ option may be claimed individually as CBI. You may enter multiple properties as 

‘Other.’

You may upload attachments for the chemical properties.

EPA’s risk assessment process does utilize physiochemical properties, as some of the attributes 

listed here can relate directly to chemical risks. Among the most useful parameters of a new 

substance to EPA are the boiling point, the melting point, vapor pressure, the octanol/water 

partition coefficient, water solubility, Henry’s Law Constant, hydrolysis, spectral data (Mass 

Spectrometry (MS), proton and C13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR), Infrared (IR), and 

Ultraviolet (UV) absorption), and the soil/sediment absorption coefficient. In the absence of this 

data, EPA will estimate to the extent possible physiochemical data to aid in their risk 

evaluations. 

Indicate whether the value you provide is based on an actual test measurement (Measured) or 

was estimated (Estimated). Note that EPA staffers indicate that data qualifiers such as 

‘negligible’ or ‘soluble’ are not useful descriptions. 

You are not required to display the listed test data if you do not have it. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 95

Physical/chemical properties data may be so unique that they could in the future link the PMN 

substance to a commercial product or may tend to identify unique classes of chemical substance, 

and therefore some data elements may represent confidential business information. Review the 

CBI status of each entry carefully, and avoid making unsupportable claims.

 Add Property: Click the ‘Add Property’ button to add a ‘Property’ expandable/collapsible 

field set for a selected property.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and delete the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is 

displayed after the information is saved in a field set. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add’ 

button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Adsorption/Coefficient - Value: Enter the adsorption/coefficient value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected. 

 Adsorption/Coefficient - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected. 

 Adsorption/Coefficient – CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

adsorption/coefficient property as confidential.

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure: Enter the value of the 

boiling/sublimation temperature @ _____torr pressure of the chemical substance. Value 

fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure’ property is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] Torr pressure – Value: Enter the 

boiling/sublimation temperature in °C of the chemical substance. This is a required field if 

the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature’ property is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure - Measured or Estimated:

Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate 

value from the drop-down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation’ property

is selected. 

 Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure property as 

confidential. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 96

 Density/relative density - Value: Enter the density/relative density value of the chemical 

substance in g/cm3. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field 

if the ‘Density/relative density’ property is selected. 

 Density/relative density - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Density/relative density’ property is selected. 

 Density/relative density - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the density/relative 

density property as confidential.

 Dissociation constant - Value: Enter the dissociation constant value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected. 

 Dissociation constant - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected. 

 Dissociation constant - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the dissociation constant 

property as confidential. 

 Explodability - Value: Enter the explodability value of the chemical substance. This field 

allows text or numbers to be entered and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a 

required field if the ‘Explodability’ property is selected. 

 Explodability - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ 

or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field if the ‘Explodability’ property is selected. 

 Explodability - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the explodability property as 

confidential.

 Flammability - Value: Enter the flammability value of the chemical substance. This field 

allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

flammability property is selected. 

 Flammability - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ 

or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field if the flammability property is selected.

 Flammability - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the flammability property as 

confidential.

 Henry’s Law constant - Value: Enter the Henry’s law constant value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Henry’s Law constant’ property is selected. 

 Henry’s Law constant - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Henry’s Law constant’ property is selected. 

 Henry’s Law CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the Henry’s Law constant property 

as confidential. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 97

 Melting Temperature - Value: Enter the melting temperature of the chemical substance. 

Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Melting 

Temperature’ property is selected. 

 Melting Temperature - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.

 Melting Temperature - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the melting temperature 

property as confidential.

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - Value: Enter the octanol/water partition coefficient 

value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a 

required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop -

down menu. This is a required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient property is 

selected. 

 Octanol/water partition coefficient - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

octanol/water partition coefficient property as confidential. 

 Particle size distribution - Value: Enter the particle size distribution value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

particle size distribution property is selected.

 Particle size distribution - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the particle size distribution property is selected. 

 Particle size distribution - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the particle size 

distribution property as confidential.

 Physical state of neat substance - Value: Select the physical state of a neat substance of 

chemicals, which can be either a ‘Solid,’ ‘Liquid,’ or ‘Gas.’ This is a required field if the 

Physical state of neat substance property is selected. 

 Physical state of neat substance - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property 

value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down 

menu. This is a required field if the physical state of neat substance property is selected.

 Physical state of neat substance CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical state 

of neat substance property as confidential. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration]: Enter the pH @ concentration property. This field 

allows for text. This is a required field.

 PH @ concentration [concentration] - Value: Enter the PH @ concentration value. This 

field is able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘PH @ concentration 

[concentration]’ property is selected. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration] - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop -
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 98

down menu. This is a required field if the PH @ concentration [concentration] property is 

selected. 

 PH @ concentration [concentration] - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the PH @ 

concentration property as confidential.

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] °C: Enter the solubility of the chemical substance 

at a temperature value measured in °C. This field is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbo ls. 

This is a required field. 

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] - solvent: Enter the solvent that will be used for 

the chemical substance. This field accepts text. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ 

temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property is selected.

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] - value: Enter the solubility of the chemical 

substance in g/L. 

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the 

property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop -

down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent 

[solvent]’ property is selected.

 Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] property as 

confidential. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature [temperature]: Enter the solubility in water at a 

specific temperature in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the solubility in water @ 

temperature property is selected. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature [temperature] - Value: Enter the solubility in water of 

the chemical substance in g/L. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a 

required field if the ‘Solubility in Water @ temperature’ property is selected. 

 Solubility in Water @ temperature [temperature] - Measured or Estimated: Indicate 

whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value 

from the drop-down menu. This is a required field if the solubility in water @ temperature 

property is selected.

 Solubility in Water @ Temperature [temperature] - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to 

claim the solubility in water @ temperature property as confidential. 

 Spectra - Value: Enter the spectra value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to 

accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the spectra property is selected.

 Spectra - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or 

‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a required 

field if the ‘Spectra’ property is selected.

 Spectra - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the spectra property as confidential.

 Vapor Pressure @temperature [temperature] °C: Enter the Vapor Pressure @ 

Temperature value in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the property is selected.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 99

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] - Value: Enter the value of the Vapor 

Pressure in torr units of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected. 

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] - Measured or Estimated: Indicate 

whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value 

from the drop-down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ 

property is selected. 

 Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim 

the vapor pressure @ temperature [temperature] property as confidential. 

 Volatilization from water - Value: Enter the volatilization from water value of the chemical 

substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the 

‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from water - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from water - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from 

water property as confidential. 

 Volatilization from soil - Value: Enter the volatilization from soil value. Value fields are 

able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ 

property is selected. 

 Volatilization from soil - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is 

‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This 

is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected. 

 Volatilization from soil - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from 

soil property as confidential. 

 Other: Enter any ‘Other’ property that you may specify. 

 Other - Value: Enter an ‘Other’ property value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ 

symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property was selected. 

 Other - Measured or Estimated: Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or 

‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop-down menu. This is a required 

field if the ‘Other’ property is selected. 

 Other - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the property as confidential.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 100

Exhibit 4-29 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 

screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 101

Exhibit 4-30 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 

screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 102

‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

4.20 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ 

screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen is used to 

capture all the studies and particular attachments that refer to the chemical properties captured on 

the previous screen. When you first access the screen, instructional text, an ‘Attach Document’ 

button, and an attachments table displays. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding 

the attach document functionality.

The attachment table displays the ‘File Name,’ ‘Properties,’ ‘Description,’ ‘Pages,’ ‘CBI,’ and 

‘Actions’ columns. To view, open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate 

file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. Click the 

‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 4.1.22 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the original file that is uploaded on 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window to view, open, or make any edits within a document.

 Properties: Displays the chemical properties associated with a document. 

 Description: Displays the description for a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 103

Exhibit 4-31 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional)’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ 

screen if you have not identified another chemical on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. Click 

the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you have identified 

additional chemicals. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you would like to add a consolidated chemical, 

click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 104

4.20.1 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents

You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)

Attach Documents’ window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button on the ‘Physical and 

Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. 

When attaching a document, all properties selected on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties 

Worksheet’ screen will display on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued 

(Optional) Attach Documents’ with checkboxes. Select the type and subtype for the attachment 

and the properties relevant to the document. The document is able to be attached and a 

description and the number of pages can be entered. 

The system allows the uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as 

CBI, the system requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document 

within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.

 Type: Select the document type from the drop-down menu. Refer to Section 3.7 for the 

values contained within this drop-down menu. 

 Subtype: Select the document subtype from the drop-down menu. Refer to Section 3.7 for 

the values contained within this drop-down menu. 

 Chemical Properties: Displays the physical and/or chemical properties identified on the 

previous screen that can be potentially associated with a document. Check the appropriate 

chemical properties that are associated with a document that is being attached; more than one 

property may be checked and associated with a single document. These checkboxes are 

enabled only if ‘Physical Chemical Property’ is selected from the ‘Type’ drop-down menu. 

 Attachment: Displays the ‘Browse’ button to search for and identify a document on your 

local hard drive to be attached that can be associated with the physical/chemical properties 

identified on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen. 

 Description: Enter the description associated with a document. This is a required field. 

 Pages: Enter the number of pages a document contains. This is a required field. 

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the document as confidential.

 Sanitized Attachment: Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to 

search for a particular file on your hard drive. For any attached document claimed as CBI, 

you are required to attach a sanitized version of the document. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 105

Exhibit 4-32 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-32: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 106

Exhibit 4-33 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet –

Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach 

Documents Window (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ’Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper right-hand corner to 

navigate back to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ 

screen without saving document information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered 

information and navigate back to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued 

(Optional)’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 107

4.21 Submitter Controlled Site Information

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional)’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen captures information about the identification

of submitter-controlled sites. The screen captures specific data for the site by providing a ‘FRS 

Search’ button to search for a particular site or enable you to manually enter a site using the FRS

system. You will list all of the sites that are controlled by the submitter on this screen. The list 

will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation occurs. Enter the details of 

the operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders.

 FRS Search: Click the button to display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up 

window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality. 

 Registry ID: Displays the registry ID of the site. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name of the site. 

 Address: Displays the site address of the site. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 108

Exhibit 4-34 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

4.22 Sites Controlled By Others

You can navigate to the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking 

the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen captures information about known and/or unknown sites 

not controlled by the submitter. Enter information in the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen for 

typical processing or use operations involving the new chemical substance at sites not controlled 

by the submitter. Importers do not have to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; 

however, you must report any processing or use activities after import. Complete a separate 

‘Operations Controlled By Others’ screen for each type of processing, or use operation involving 

the new chemical substance. If the same operation is performed at more than one site, describe 

the typical operation common to these sites. The screen displays questions to determine whether 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 109

there is any data for other controlled sites. If there is no data for sites controlled by others, the 

screen will not update and the option of selecting the ‘Next’ button is available. If there is data 

for sites controlled by others, an additional question will appear. The screen then captures 

whether site-specific data for the chemical is known for ‘Sites Controlled By Others.’ If you 

indicate that there is site-specific data by selecting the ‘Yes’ radio button, the screen will display

a ‘List of Sites Controlled by Others’ table, an ‘FRS Search’ button, a text field to enter the ‘# of 

unknown sites,’ and a ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential. To 

add specific site information, click the ‘FRS Search’ button and search for a site via FRS. Sites 

can be searched by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ 

and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When results are returned, a new site can be added to the table by selecting 

a site from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site 

through the manual entry fields. The system allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI. If 

there is no site-specific data, the screen will display a text box to enter the number of unknown 

sites. 

A list of all sites controlled by others via FRS will display on this screen. The list will be utilized 

to select the site(s) for which a particular operation/process occurs. The details of the operations 

and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders will be entered.

 FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the FRS search 

functionality. 

 Do you have any sites controlled by others for which you have information to report?: If 

you select ‘Yes’ the screen will display the question ‘Do you have site-specific information?’ 

If you select ‘No’ only the ‘Next’ button will display. 

 B.1.a Operation description - Do you have site-specific information?: If you select ‘Yes’,

the screen will populate with information to enter specific site information. If you select 

‘No,’ enter the number of unknown sites. 

 EPA Registry ID: Displays the registry ID of the site. Click the ‘EPA Registry ID’ link to 

navigate to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop-up window to make any edits. This 

column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site-specific information 

available. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name of a site. This column heading only displays if a user 

indicates that there is site-specific information available. 

 Address: Displays the address of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates 

that there is site-specific information available.

 City: Displays the city of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that 

there is site-specific information available.

 State: Displays the state of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that 

there is site-specific information available.

 Postal Code: Displays the postal code of a site. This column heading only displays if a user 

indicates that there is site-specific information available.

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ This column 

heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site-specific information available. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 110

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site. This column heading 

only displays if a user indicates that there is site-specific information available. 

 # of unknown sites: Enter the number of unknown sites. This field accepts zeros. This is a 

required field. 

 # of unknown sites - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites 

as confidential.

Exhibit 4-35 shows the screen capture of the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen if 

the submitter controlled operations screens have not been generated. You can access the 

‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ link 

under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 111

4.23 Submitter Operation Information

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Add 

Operation’ link within the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled 

Operations’ folder within the navigation tree if the screens have already been generated. You can 

add sites by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘Submitter 

Controlled Operations’ folder. 

The ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen captures information about an operation that 

occurs at a particular site or group of sites. You are asked a series of questions and based on the 

responses; information will display to fill out a series of fields about a specific operation. The 

guided approach is designed to eliminate errors and ensure the completion of all relevant sections 

for a site. You will be able to enter an alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required 

to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or 

use operation that takes place after import must be described. 

You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation and will then check

the applicable operation type checkboxes. 

If you select an option other than ‘Use’ for the operation type, you will be asked whether the 

chemical is manufactured as a ‘batch’ or ‘continuous’ process. Based on the property selected, 

fill in the relevant information. If you select the ‘Use’ operation type, then there will be no 

further options on this screen. The follow-up screens are used to capture specific information 

about the operation type process. 

The system provides a text box for describing the process description. Additional process 

information may also be included in an attachment. 

You may claim the process description or attachment as CBI. If an attached document is claimed 

as CBI, the system requires a sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded. To 

access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name of the document within the 

‘File Name’ column of the document table.

The document table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document 

description, the number of pages in the document, and whether a sanitized copy of the document 

was attached. Click the delete icon under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.

 Operation Alias: Enter the operation alias. This field makes it easier to distinguish between 

operations when there is more than one operation. This is a required field if the submission is 

pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support. 

 Add Site: Select a site from the drop-down menu and click the ‘Add Site’ button to add the 

site specified on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen to the site table. You 

may select more than one site. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name. 

 Address: Displays the site address. 

 City: Displays the site city.

 State: Displays the site state.

 Postal Code: Displays the site postal code. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 112

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message 

displays to confirm the deletion of the site. 

 Consolidated Chemical checkboxes: Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN 

submission. Check one or more checkbox(es) for the chemical that the information on this 

page refers to. At least one chemical must be checked. 

 A.1.b Operation Type -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation type as 

confidential. 

 Manufacturing: Check the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox to indicate that manufacturing is 

taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox displays the ‘Is it batch or 

continuous’ radio buttons. At least one operation type must be checked. 

 Processing: Check the ‘Processing’ checkbox to indicate that processing is taking place at 

the site. Checking the ‘Processing’ checkbox displays the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio 

buttons. At least one operation type must be checked. 

 Use: Check the ‘Use’ checkbox to indicate that chemical use is taking place at the site. At 

least one operation type must be checked. If you check this checkbox, the ‘Batch’ and 

‘Continuous’ radio buttons and the associated fields will not be displayed. 

 A.1.c Operations Amount and Duration -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

amount and duration information as confidential. 

 Is it batch or continuous?: Either the ‘Batch’ or ‘Continuous’ radio button must be selected 

to indicate the production method.

 1. Batch: Select the ‘Batch’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced in a batch 

process. 

 2. Continuous: Select the ‘Continuous’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced 

on a continuous basis. 

 Max kg/batch: Enter the maximum number of kilograms (kg) produced per batch. This field 

only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Hours/batch: Enter the hours of manufacturing or processing time needed per batch. This 

field only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Batches/Year: Enter the number of batches produced per year. This field only displays when 

you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.

 Max kg/Day: Enter the maximum number of kg of a chemical produced per day. This fi eld 

only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field 

accepts decimal values.

 Hours/Day: Enter the number of hours per day that the chemical is processed or 

manufactured; this value cannot exceed 24. This field only displays when you select the 

‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.

 Days/Year: Enter the number of days per year that the chemical is processed or 

manufactured; this value cannot exceed 365. This field only displays when you select the 

‘Continuous’ radio button, and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 113

 A.1.d Process Description -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the process 

description as confidential. 

 A.1.d Process Description: Enter the process description. In the ‘Process Description’ text 

box, or an attachment, address the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation 

steps and chemical conversions. Include interim storage and transport containers (specify –

e.g., 5- gallon pails, 55-gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.). (2) Provide the identity, the 

approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and 

entry point of all starting materials and feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catalysts, 

etc.), and of all products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note 

frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Identify by number the points of release, 

including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If 

releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second 

medium. Either this field is required or a document must be attached. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window.

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 114

Exhibit 4-36 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 4-36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 115

Exhibit 4-37 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 4-37: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

4.24 Occupational Exposures

You can navigate to the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 116

Click the ‘Add’ button to display an expandable/collapsible field set to enter occupational 

exposure information. The application displays fields for you to enter information for ‘Worker 

Category (1),’ ‘Worker Activity (1),’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3),’ ‘Physical 

Form(s) (5),’ ‘% New Substance (5),’ ‘# Workers Exposed (8),’ ‘Maximum Duration Hours/Day 

(10),’ and ‘Maximum Duration Days/Year (11).’ EPA is attempting to estimate exposure levels, 

the number of workers potentially exposed, and possible routes and duration of exposure to the 

PMN substance. Work with your plant engineers to develop accurate data. Review the CBI status 

of data you provide.

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Occupational Exposure – Submitter Controlled 

Sites’ expandable/collapsible field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This field 

only displays after information is saved within a field set. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add’ 

button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Worker Category (1): Select the category of work from the drop-down menu in which a 

worker may be exposed to a chemical substance. This is a required field. 

 Worker Category (1) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim worker category

information as confidential. 

 Worker Activity (1): Select the worker activity from the drop-down menu (e.g. bag 

dumping, tote filling, unloading drums, sampling, cleaning, etc.) in which workers may be 

exposed to a chemical substance. This is a required field. 

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3): Enter the protective 

equipment/engineering controls used to protect workers. This is a required field. 

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to 

claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential. 

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3) - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox 

to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as binding.

 Physical Form(s) (5): Enter the physical forms(s) of the new chemical substance (e.g., solid, 

crystal, granule, powder, or dust) at the time of exposure. Be as specific as possible on the 

physical form (e.g., is the PMN substance isolated as a crystalline or amorphous powder, wet 

cake, flake solid, granular solid, or a fused solid?). If data on particle size of solids are 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 117

available, it should be included as an attachment. For wet cakes, a percent moisture estimate 

may prevent EPA from making an estimate that is too conservative. This is a required field.

 Physical Form(s) (5) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) 

information as confidential. 

 Physical Form(s) (5) - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the physical 

form(s) information as binding. 

 % New Substance (5): Enter the percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) 

at the time of exposure. A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display an error. This is a 

required field. 

 % New Substance (5) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage new 

substance information as confidential. 

 % New Substance (5) - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage

new substance information as binding. 

 # Workers Exposed (8): Enter the number of workers exposed. Estimate the maximum 

number of all workers involved in each activity for all sites combined. This is a required 

field. 

 # Workers Exposed (8) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers 

exposed as confidential. 

 Maximum Duration – CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the maximum duration as 

confidential.

 Hours/Day (10): Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity

for any worker in hours per day; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered 

in this field will display an error. This is a required field. 

 Days/Year (11): Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity 

for any worker in days per year; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered 

in this field will display an error. This is a required field. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Occupational Exposure 

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must click this button and successfully save the 

entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen 

using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 118

Exhibit 4-38 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 119

Exhibit 4-39 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-39: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.25 Environmental Releases 

You can navigate to the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Occupational Exposures’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental 

Releases’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Environmental Releases’ screen captures information about the environmental release and 

disposal status of a particular site. The information on exposure and environmental release is 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 120

related to the flow diagram/process description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. 

This page is duplicated and populated for each flow diagram supplied in the PMN 

(manufacturing, each processing description, and any use diagrams). The information provided 

should focus on the PMN substance. EPA reviewers pay particular attention to human exposure 

and environmental release date under their TSCA mandate to protect against unreasonable risks 

from new chemical substances. In the absence of this information, EPA will make its own 

estimates of worker exposure and environmental release, which are usually conservative. You 

should present data that is accurate and as complete as possible. 

The page displays an ‘Add’ button to add an expandable/collapsible field set to enter 

‘Environmental Release and Disposal – Submitter Controlled Sites’ information. The page 

displays fields to enter information for ‘Release Number,’ the amount of the new substance 

released ‘to environment’ and the amount of new substance released ‘to control technology,’ 

‘Media of Release,’ ‘Control Technology Description,’ and ‘Release after Control Technology.’ 

You will be asked to enter information concerning the release to water, such as Publicly Owned 

Treatment Works (POTW), navigable waterways, and others.

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Environmental Release and Disposal – Submitter 

Controlled Sites’ expandable/collapsible field set.

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is 

only displayed after information is saved within a field set. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add’ 

button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Release Number (1): Enter the number of each release point identified in the process 

description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. This is a required field.

 Release Number (1) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number 

information as confidential. 

 Amount of new substance released: Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to 

environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance released to Control Technology’ field should 

be selected and populated.

 to environment (2a): Selected the associated radio button and enter the amount of new 

substance released to environment. Release estimates should be consistent with the release 

levels shown on the preceding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from 

cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off-site. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 121

 Amount of new substance released to environment kg/batch: Select the radio button to 

claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms 

per batch. One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for amount 

released.

 Amount of new substance released to environment kg/day: Select the radio button to 

claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms 

per day. One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for amount released.

 to environment (2a) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new 

substance released to environment as confidential.

 to control technology (2b): Enter the amount of new substance released to control 

technology. Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the 

proceeding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment 

and transportation containers, even if cleaned off-site. 

 Amount of new substance released to control technology kg/batch: Select the radio 

button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured 

in kilograms per batch. One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for 

amount released.

 Amount of new substance released to control technology kg/day: Select the radio button 

to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in 

kilograms per day. One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for 

amount released. 

 to control technology (2b) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new 

substance released to control technology as confidential. 

 Media of Release (4): Identify the media of release (i.e., stack air, fugitive air, surface water, 

on-site or off-site land or incineration, POTW, or other (please specify)) to which the new 

substance will be released from that release point from the drop-down menu. This is a 

required field.

 Media of Release (4) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the media of release as 

confidential. 

 If Other, specify: Enter the media of release when you select ‘Other’ from the ‘Media of 

Release’ drop-down menu. 

 Control Technology Description (5a): Enter the control technology description. Describe 

control technology, if any, and control efficiency used to limit the release of the new 

substance to the environment. For releases disposed of on land, characterize the disposal 

method and state whether it is approved for disposal of Resource Conservation and Recovery

Act (RCRA) hazardous waste. For each site, describe any additional disposal methods that 

will be used and whether the waste is subject to secondary or tertiary on-site treatment. 

Indicate if you want this information to bind. Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox if the information is 

confidential. This is a required field. 

 Control Technology Description (5a) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

control technology description as confidential. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 122

 Control Technology Description (5a) - Binding: Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim 

the control technology description as binding. 

 Release after Control Technology (5b): Enter the release after control technology. Estimate 

the amount released to the environment after control technology (in kilograms per day). This 

is a required field.

 Release after Control Technology (5b) -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

release after control technology as confidential.

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Environmental Release 

and Disposal – Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must successfully save the 

information entered within an expandable/collapsible field set before being able to navigate 

away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 

 POTW Name: Enter the publicly owned treatment works (POTW) name. 

 POTW NPDES #: Enter the POTW: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System 

(NPDES) number. 

 POTW CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the POTW as confidential. 

 Navigable Waterway Name: Enter the navigable waterway name. 

 Navigable Waterway NPDES #: Enter the navigable waterway NPDES number. 

 Navigable Waterway CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the navigable waterway as 

confidential. 

 Other (Specify) Name: Enter the name of the other destination of release to water. 

 Other (Specify) CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the other destination of release to 

water as confidential.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 123

Exhibit 4-40 shows the screen capture of the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 124

Exhibit 4-41 shows the screen capture of the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Operation’ link within the navigation tree if the submitter controlled 

operation screens have not been generated yet. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.26 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others

Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the 

navigation tree to display the screens for an operation controlled by others. You can navigate to 

this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen. You can also 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 125

access this screen by clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link under the 

‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder within the navigation tree.

The ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen captures information about activities 

occurring at a particular site or group of sites. You will be able to enter an alias to identify the 

operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; 

however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be 

described.

You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation. You will then 

proceed to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The system provides a 

field to add an operation process description.

The site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation must be identified. The system then navigates to the 

next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The screen also displays a field to add an 

operation process description. In the operation description, include the following information: (1) 

Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and 

specify transport containers (e.g., 5-gallon pails, 55-gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc.). On 

the diagram, identify by letter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram 

or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch, on a 

100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, 

solvents and catalysts, etc.), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals 

(note frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, 

identify by number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the 

environment of the new chemical substance.

 Operation Alias: Enter the operation alias. This is a required field if the submission is 

pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support. 

 Add Site: Select a site from the drop-down menu and click the ‘Add Site’ button to add the 

site specified on the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen to the site table. More than one site 

may be selected. 

 Site Name: Displays the site name. 

 Address: Displays the site address. 

 City: Displays the site city. 

 State: Displays the site state. 

 Postal Code: Displays the site postal code. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message 

confirming deletion of the site displays. 

 Consolidated Chemical(s): Displays all consolidated chemicals with a checkbox identified 

within in a PMN form. 

 Operation Description: Enter the operation process description. Cover the following items: 

(1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim 

storage and transport containers (specify – e.g., 5-gallon pails, 55-gallon drums, rail cars, 

tank trucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify by letter and briefly describe each worker activity. 

(2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 126

kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), entry point of all feedstocks 

(including reactants, solvents and catalysts, etc.), all products, recycle streams, and wastes. 

Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily or per batch). (3) Either in the 

diagram or in the text field, identify by number the points of release, including small or 

intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. Either this field is 

required or a document must be attached. 

 Operation Description - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation description 

as confidential.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document that was uploaded on 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window.

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 127

Exhibit 4-42 shows the screen capture of the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-42: Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree.

4.27 Exposures/Releases 

You can navigate to the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Exposures/Releases’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder within the 

navigation tree.

The screen provides buttons to add expandable/collapsible field sets for worker exposure release

information and environmental disposal information. The screen displays fields in the worker 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 128

exposure expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘Worker Category (1),’

‘Worker Activity (1),’ ‘# Workers Exposed (2),’ ‘Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a),’ 

‘Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b),’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6),’ 

‘Physical Form(s) (6),’ ‘% New Substance (6),’ and ‘% in Formulation (7).’ The screen displays 

fields in the environmental release expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for 

‘Release Number (9),’ ‘the amount of the new substance released directly to environment (10a),’ 

‘the amount of new substance released into control technology (10b),’ ‘Media of Release (12),’ 

and ‘Control Technology (12).’

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to display a ‘Worker Exposure’ expandable/collapsible field set. 

At least one field must be populated within this field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only

displays after information is saved within a field set. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add’ 

button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets.

 Worker Category (1): Select the worker category of the activity in which workers may be 

exposed to the specified substance from the drop-down menu.

 Worker Activity (1): Select the worker activity in which workers may be exposed to the 

specified substance from the drop-down menu.

 Worker Category/ Activity (1) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the worker 

category and worker activity as confidential. 

 # Workers Exposed (2): Enter an estimate of the number of workers exposed for all sites 

combined.

 # Workers Exposed (2) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers 

exposed as confidential. 

 Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a): Enter an estimate of the typical duration of 

exposure per worker in hours/day. This field allows decimal values.

 Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b): Enter an estimate of the typical duration of 

exposure per worker in days/year. This field allows decimal values. 

 Duration of Exposure - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the duration of exposure 

hours/day and days/year as confidential.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 129

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6): Enter a description of any protective 

equipment and engineering controls, if any, used to protect workers. 

 Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6) -- CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to 

claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential. 

 Physical Forms (6): Enter a description of physical forms of exposure. 

 Physical Forms (6) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form of 

exposure information as confidential. 

 % New Substance (6): Describe percentage new chemical substance (if in mixture). 

 % New Substance (6) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage new

substance information as confidential.

 % in Formulation (7): Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated when 

packaged or used as a final product. 

 % in Formulation (7) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage in 

formulation information as confidential. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Worker Exposure’ 

expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered 

information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the 

‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 130

Exhibit 4-43 shows the screen capture of the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 4-43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) 

 Add: Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Environmental Disposal’ expandable/collapsible 

field set. 

 Release Number (9): Enter the number of each release point from the process diagram 

previously entered. 

 Release Number (9) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number 

information as confidential. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 131

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment (10a): Enter an estimate of the 

amount of the new substance released directly to the environment in Kg/day or Kg/batch. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/day: Select the Kg/day radio 

button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in 

kilograms per day. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/batch: Select the Kg/batch 

radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in 

kilograms per batch. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Environment - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ 

checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into environment as 

confidential. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b): Estimate the 

amount of the new substance released into control technology in kg/day or kg/batch.

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b) kg/day: Select the 

kg/day radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology 

measures in kilograms per day. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b) kg/batch: Select 

the kg/batch radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control 

technology measures in kilograms per batch. 

 Amt New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b) - CBI: Check the 

‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into control technology 

as confidential. 

 Media of Release (12): Select a value from the drop-down menu to capture the media of 

release. The ‘Media of Release’ drop-down menu contains the following values: ‘Fugitive 

Air,’ ‘Off-Site Incineration,’ ‘POTW,’ ‘Stack Air,’ ‘Surface Water,’ and ‘Other,’ that will be 

used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment. 

 Media of Release (12) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the media of release as 

confidential. 

 Control Technology (12): Enter the control technology, if any, which will be used to limit 

the release of the new substance to the environment. 

 Control Technology (12) - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim control technology

information as confidential. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered into the ‘Environmental 

Disposal’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ 

icon located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within 

the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and 

‘Next’ buttons.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 132

Exhibit 4-44 shows the screen capture of the ‘Exposures/Releases’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 4-44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.28 Byproduct Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Exposures/Releases’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct 

Information’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 133

The ‘Byproduct Information’ screen captures byproducts about a particular site. The system 

displays fields for you to enter byproducts. 

 B.2.14 Byproducts - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim all byproducts as 

confidential. 

 Byproduct: Displays the byproducts that may result from the operation. 

 Actions: Click the save icon ( ) to save an entered byproduct. Click the delete icon ( ) to 

delete a byproduct. Click the add icon ( ) to add a byproduct. Click the form icon ( ) to 

edit a saved byproduct.

Exhibit 4-45 shows the screen capture of the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-45: Byproduct Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the 

navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 134

4.29 Optional Pollution Prevention

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Byproduct Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen provides fields for companies to enter data about 

their pollution prevention efforts. The company has the option of entering information as a free 

text field or as an attachment. The company can claim the information as CBI. 

The attachment table displays the file name and file extension, the description, the number of the 

pages, and the CBI status of the attached document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon located within the 

‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. 

You may provide information not reported elsewhere in this form regarding your efforts to 

reduce or minimize potential risks associated with activities surrounding manufacturing, 

processing, use, and disposal of the PMN substance. Include new information pertinent to 

pollution prevention, including source reduction, recycling activities and safer processes or 

products available due to the new chemical substance. Source reduction includes the reduction in 

the amount or toxicity of chemical wastes by technological modification, process and procedure 

modification, product reformulation, and/or raw materials substitution. Recycling refers to the 

reclamation of useful chemical components from wastes that would otherwise be treated or 

released as air emissions or water discharges, or land disposal. Quantitative or qualitative 

descriptions of pollution prevention, source reduction and recycling should emphasize potential 

risk reduction in addition to compliance with existing regulatory requirements. EPA is interested 

in the information to assess overall net reductions in toxicity or environmental releases and 

exposures, not the shifting of risks to other media (e.g., air to water) or non-environmental areas 

(e.g., occupational or consumer exposure). To the extent known, information about the 

technology being replaced will assist EPA in its relative risk determination. In addition, 

information on the relative cost or performance characteristics of the PMN substance to potential 

alternatives may be provided. 

Describe the expected net benefits, such as: 

(1) An overall reduction in risk to human health or the environment;

(2) A reduction in the generation of waste materials through recycling, source reduction or 

other means; 

(3) A reduction in the use of hazardous starting materials, reagents, or feedstocks; 

(4) A reduction in potential toxicity, human exposure and/or environmental release; or

(5) The extent to which the new chemical substance may be a substitute for an existing 

substance that poses a greater overall risk to human health or the environment. 

EPA strongly encourages submitters to provide pollution prevention data in their notices, as this 

information assists the Agency in balancing the benefits of a PMN substance against its unique 

risks.

While Agency staffers frequently receive information on the benefits of the PMN substance with 

respect to its use(s), data on pollution prevention effects are rarely included. This section should 

be utilized to indicate to EPA benefits in terms of the raw materials incorporated, the 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 135

manufacturing process, emission reductions, less toxic waste byproducts, or lower risks upon end 

use and disposal. You should consider the entire life cycle of the PMN substance in your 

evaluation.

Also consider opportunities for product stewardship or other risk management controls that could 

significantly reduce risk characteristics of the new substance (e.g., disposal techniques that can 

be easily implemented and substantially reduce waste toxicity). 

Initiatives in the New Chemicals Program such as Environmental Technology Initiative (ETI) for 

Chemicals and the Pollution Prevention Recognition Project are geared towards incorporating 

this type of information into the Agency’s risk management decision making and recognizing 

innovative chemical design or technological innovation that shows potential for environmental 

and human health benefits. 

Describe any pollution prevention benefits here, and indicate if this information is confidential 

business information. Attempt to quantify the expected benefits to the extent possible and avoid 

exaggeration and highly speculative statements. The following questions can be used to assess 

pollution prevention benefits: 

(1) Are there pollution prevention benefits associated with the new PMN chemical? 

(2) Does it allow reduction of elimination of (more) toxic solvents? 

(3) Does it reduce disposal to land, or in safer forms, compared to the chemistry it replaces? 

(4) Can it be recycled more easily than existing materials? 

(5) Does your manufacturing process eliminate or reduce the use/release of hazardous 

substances?

 Please click here to review additional information that should be included on this page: 

Clicking the link displays additional information regarding the pollution information.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the pollution prevention information as confidential. 

 There’s a text box which contains the word ‘test’ in the screen shot – need to describe 

what this control is

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 136

Exhibit 4-46 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.30 Additional Attachments 

You can navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Additional Attachments’ screen provides a table for you to add additional attachments that 

have not yet been incorporated into the form. This screen is used as a carryover where 

documents that did not have a suitable place in the application can be uploaded.

 Please click here to view a list of commonly attached documents and where they should 

be attached: Click the link to display a list of documents and where they should be attached.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document 

functionality. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 137

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to view, open, or make edits to 

the document. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains.

 Date: Displays the date a document was uploaded. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.

Exhibit 4-47 shows the screen capture of the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-47: Additional Attachments Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment Summary’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 138

4.31 Attachment Summary 

You can navigate to the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Additional Attachments’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment 

Summary’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Attachment Summary’ screen displays a summary of the documents attached to the PMN 

form. The attachment table displays the section of the form the file is associated with, file name 

and file extension of the document, the document description, number of pages in a document, 

date attached, and whether the document is CBI.

 Section: Displays the section of the PMN form the document is associated with. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the documents that were uploaded 

through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document that was uploaded through the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages in a document that was uploaded through the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Date: Displays the date a document was uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up 

window.

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 139

Exhibit 4-48 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachment Summary’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-48: Attachment Summary Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

4.32 Optional Cover Letter

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Attachment Summary’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover 

Letter’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special 

instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non-CBI to 

eliminate user error and promote transparency between the company and EPA.

 Click here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the information as confidential. 

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter the description and any additional special instructions 

regarding the form.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 140

Exhibit 4-49 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-49: Optional Cover Letter Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form.

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. 

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 

form.

4.33 Upload XML

You can access the ‘Upload XML’ screen by clicking the ‘Upload XML’ button within the 

lower-left side of the bottom action bar.

The ‘Upload XML’ screen is used to upload a PMN XML file into a current PMN form for PMN 

forms with numerous chemicals. You also have the option to export a current PMN form into an 

XML file using the ‘Export XML’ link.

 Upload XML File: Click the button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to search for the 

ZIP archive file populated with PMN information. The archive file must contain the XML
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 141

form in a file labeled ‘formdata.xml.’ The application processes the ZIP archive file and 

displays any applicable error messages. 

 Export XML: Click the button to download the XML file of the current PMN form.

Exhibit 4-50 shows the screen capture of the ‘Upload XML’ screen: 

Exhibit 4-50: Upload XML Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 142

5 Edit a Biotechnology Form

The Biotechnology form is used as a way to collect information about “intergeneric”

microorganisms that will be manufactured or imported into the United States. EPA collects the 

information provided in a Biotechnology form through a free text box and attachments. The 

Biotechnology form does not have a structured data format, but there are several types of 

Biotechnology notices that can be filed. The different types are as follows: ‘Microbial 

Commercial Activity Notice (MCAN),’ ‘TSCA Experimental Release Application (TERA),’ 

‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’ and ‘Biotechnology Test Market Exemption (TME)’ 

forms. All the forms have the same upload requirements, and EPA will retain responsibility for 

verifying the correct information is received.

5.1 Edit Biotechnology Form

To edit a Biotechnology form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen,

and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a Biotechnology form with a status of ‘In 

Progress.’ Refer to Section 3.3 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and 

Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 

5.2 General Form Information 

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen clicking the alias link in the ‘Alias’ 

column of an ‘In Progress’ form and entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. 

The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus for 

you to input identifying information for the specific form. You will have the option to edit a 

‘Form Alias’ by which you will use to identify the form. A form alias is helpful when a user or 

company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. 

Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the system will display a default 

alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. 

Select the submission type from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop-down menu. The ‘Type of 

Submission’ drop-down menu displays the following values:

 MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice) 

 TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application) 

 Tier I Exemption

 Tier II Exemption

 Biotechnology TME (Text Market Exemption) 

The system will provide a ‘TS Number’ field for you to enter a TS number to tie support 

documents or Joint Submissions to the original Biotechnology form. The TS number must be a 

six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or 

four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words, and numerical series are not 

recommended. 

The ‘Text/Comments’ text box is required when an attachment is not provided. A ‘CBI’ 

checkbox is displayed above the ‘Text/Comments’ text box to claim the information as 

confidential.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 143

The ‘General Form Information’ screen displays the option to attach a document by clicking the 

‘Attach Document’ button. For more information regarding the attach document functionality, 

please refer to Section 3.7.

 Form Alias: Edit the form alias if necessary. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will 

display an editable alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS 

Time Zone>. This is a required field. 

 Type of Submission: Select the submission type from the drop-down menu. This drop-down 

menu contains the following values: ‘MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice),’ 

‘TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application),’ ‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’ 

and ‘Biotechnology TME (Test Market Exemption).’ 

 TS Number: Enter the TS number. The TS Number can be any six (6) character 

alphanumeric combination and should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company

names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. This field is required 

if ‘MCAN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop-down menu, if a Letter of 

Support is pending, and/or if a joint Biotechnology form is being filed. 

 Text/Comments - CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Text/Comments’ 

information as confidential. 

 Text/Comments: Enter a description of the form and/or attachment. This field is required if 

an attachment is not provided.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Upload attachments including individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, 

exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, Structure-Activity

Relationship (SAR) modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. 

Analytical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC 

test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by 

type of data, e.g., physical/chemical properties, fate information, environmental toxicity, and 

human health toxicity. Please refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach 

document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded through 

the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

 Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form: Check the ‘Check here if 

you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be 

submitting a consolidated form. This field is required if a value is entered in the ‘Number of 

Microorganisms’ text field. 

 Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form: Check the ‘Check here if you are 

filing a joint Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a joint form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 144

 Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending: Check the ‘Check here if you have a 

Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate the form is pending a Letter of Support. 

 Number of Microorganisms: Enter the number of microorganisms in a consolidated 

submission; this value should be a value from two (2) through twenty (20). This field is 

required if the ‘Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox is 

checked. 

Exhibit 5-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology) 

Navigation: If you are filing a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to 

the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 145

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are filing a Letter of Support and 

not a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing either a Letter of 

Support or a Joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contac t 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

5.3 Joint Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘General Form Information’ screen if you indicate that a joint Biotechnology form is pending. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree to add an 

additional Joint Submission; a maximum of two joint submitters may be identified. Click the 

‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree to remove a Joint Submission. 

The ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus used 

to enter contact information for the joint submitter who will be submitting separate information 

for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter 

the unique identification number.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter information as confidential. When 

you claim CBI, you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released 

to the public.

 First Name: Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field.

 Last Name: Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field.

 Position: Enter the joint submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the joint submitter’s company name. This is a required field.

 Phone Number: Enter the joint submitter’s U.S. daytime phone number. This field does not 

allow dashes. This is a required field.

 Email Address: Enter the joint submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the mailing address of the joint submitter. This is a 

required field.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the mailing address of the joint submitter. 

 City: Enter the city of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.

 State: Enter the state of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a 

required field.

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 146

Exhibit 5-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-2: Joint Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

5.4 Joint Submission Information 

You can access the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point between two 

companies. The ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen presents fields that capture information to 

pass to the joint submitter. A field titled ‘Special Information’ captures information that the 

primary submitter will send to the joint submitter in an email. A ‘Unique Identifier for Joint 

Submission’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number displays 

when a user declares a joint submission is being established. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 147

 Joint Submission Information: Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending 

to the joint submitter. 

 Unique Identification for Joint Submission: The unique identification number is a random 

number generated to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission. 

 Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission: Click the link to display the 

unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to the joint 

submitter.

Exhibit 5-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-3: Joint Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access 

the unique identifier notification window. If you are filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. If you are not filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 148

5.4.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information

You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique 

identification number. The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to 

add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and 

an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the Primary AO who created the form.

 CC: Contains the email address of the Primary AO populated from CDX registration 

information, and the email address of the technical contact. This is an editable field and 

additional email addresses may be added if necessary. 

 To: Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email 

address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen; this 

email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the unique identifier 

notification window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a 

joint submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be 

passed onto the joint submitter.

 Send: Click the button to generate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the 

‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 149

Exhibit 5-4 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop-up window (Scroll 

1). 

Exhibit 5-4: Unique Identifier Notification Window (Scroll 1)

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to 

the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right-hand corner to 

exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission 

Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 150

5.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a joint submission. You

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ 

screen if you identified that a joint submission would be filed. You can also access this screen by

clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree when you 

have indicated that a Letter of Support form will be filed. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link 

within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. The system will allow an unlimited number 

of Letters of Support to be filed. Remove a Letter of Support by clicking the ‘Remove’ link ( ) 

within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down 

menus used to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be 

submitting separate information for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be 

used to send the Letter of Support submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter 

of Support.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter information as 

confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.

 Position: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field.

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international daytime phone 

number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.

This is a required field.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address.

 City: Enter the city of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a 

required field.

 State: Enter the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a 

required field if the ‘Country’ field is set to ‘United States.’ 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address for 

the. This is a required field. 

 Country: Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address for the. 

This is a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 151

Exhibit 5-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

5.6 Letter of Support Submission Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree.

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen presents fields 

to capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter. A field titled ‘Special 

Information’ will be used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent 

by the primary submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also 

display on this screen. The unique identifier displays when you declare a Letter of Support 

submission is being established. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 152

 Letter of Support Submission Information : Enter the information that the primary

submitter is sending to the Letter of Support submitter. 

 Unique Identification for Letter of Support Submission: The unique identification 

number is a random number generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create 

a Letter of Support. 

 Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Letter of Support Submission: Click the link to 

display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to 

the Letter of Support submitter.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 153

Exhibit 5-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link 

to navigate to the unique identifier notification pop-up window. If you are filing two or more 

Letters of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ screen. If you are already on the additional Letters of Support folders or are only 

filing one Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 154

5.6.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the unique identifier notification pop-up window by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ screen. 

The unique identifier notification pop-up window is used to notify the Letter of Support

submitter of the unique identification number. The unique identifier notification pop-up window 

displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the 

original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 

 From: Displays the email address of the Primary AO that created the form.

 CC: This automatically populates with the email address of the Primary AO that created the 

form and the email address of the technical contact. This is an editable field. 

 To: Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email 

address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter

Information’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to 

the unique identifier notification window. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology’ in an editable text field that can be modified as 

needed. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will be sent in the email to a Letter of 

Support submitter.

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be 

passed onto the Letter of Support submitter. 

 Send: Click the button to generate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the 

‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 155

Exhibit 5-7 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop-up window (Scroll 

1)

Exhibit 5-7: Unique Identifier Notification Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and 

navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the 

upper right-hand corner to exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the 

‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 156

5.7 Technical Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a Joint Biotechnology or Letter of 

Support, by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission Information’ screen if you are 

not filing a Letter of Support, or by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree to access this screen.

The technical contact should be a person who can provide answers to questions related to the 

chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form. The technical contact does not have to 

physically work at the site reported on the form, but must be readily available by phone or email. 

The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that 

displays the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up 

window presents the fields for you to input the technical contact information. The technical 

contacts table located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered for each 

technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window. The table provides functionality

for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ 

column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘Last 

Name’ column to display the previously entered technical contact information in the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ pop-up window.

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add 

Technical Contact’ pop-up window.

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ 

link to edit the technical contact information. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact information by displaying 

either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact information from the 

table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. A warning message displays to 

confirm deletion of the technical contact information. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 157

Exhibit 5-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 5-8: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical 

contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen to 

navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Optional Cover Letter Link’ within the navigation tree. 

You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical 

Contact’ window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window displays the fields for you to 

input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple 

technical contacts. If you are the technical contact, click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to 

populate the technical contact information with your user information entered during CDX 

registration. The system provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information 

as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technical contact will have an individual 

CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact, click the ‘OK’ button which 

will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 158

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields 

with your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system displays a 

prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. This field 

does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields 

populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@domain. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based 

on whether the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field may populate with 

information entered during CDX registration. 

 City: Enter the city of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on whether the ‘Copy 

CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on whether the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on 

whether the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with 

information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 159

Exhibit 5-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 5-9: Add Technical Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to to 

return to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen without saving the technical contact 

information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact 

information in the technical contact information table and navigate back to the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 160

5.8 Optional Cover Letter

You can access the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special 

instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non-CBI to 

eliminate user error and promote transparency between the company and EPA.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter information as confidential.

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter the description and any additional special instructions 

regarding the form.

Exhibit 5-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen:

Exhibit 5-10: Optional Cover Letter Screen
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 161

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. 

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 

form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 162

6 Edit Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form 

The NOC form is a form that industry users submit to EPA to notify EPA of when a new 

chemical or microorganism, submitted under a Biotechnology or PMN form, has already started 

manufacture or import. A NOC form cannot be submitted before the chemical or microorganism 

has gone through the review period by EPA. The NOC must be submitted within 30 days after 

the start date of the first manufacture or import. 

6.1 Edit NOC Form 

To edit a NOC form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the 

alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a NOC form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to Section 

3.3 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 

6.2 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by clicking an alias link under the ‘Alias’ 

column with a status of ‘In Progress’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form Information’ screen 

allows you to identify information that notifies EPA of the form alias, case number, and 

manufacture or import information.

The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop-down menus to 

input information about the originally filed form. The ‘Manufacture/Import Information’ field 

presents radio buttons for you to state whether the company intends to manufacture or import the 

new chemical substance. When a manufacture/import radio button is selected, a calendar widget 

appears to enter the date of commencement.

 Form Alias: Edit the form alias if necessary. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will 

displays an editable form alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.

 Case Number: Enter the case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or 

mixture. The case number must be in the following format: P-XX-XXXX for Premanufacture 

Notice cases or J-XX-XXXX for MCAN Biotechnology cases. This is a required field.

 Manufacture/Import Information: Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ radio button 

or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ field is required.

 First Commercial Manufacture: Enter the date for the first commercial manufacture. A 

calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If 

you select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from 

the screen. 

 First Commercial Importation: Enter the date for the first commercial importation. A 

calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If 

you select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from 

the screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 163

Exhibit 6-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-1: General Form Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

6.3 Technical Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The technical contact should be a person who can provide answers to questions related to the 

chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form. The technical contact does not have to 

physically work at the site reported on the form, but must be readily available by phone or email. 

The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that 

displays the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up 

window presents the fields for you to input the technical contact information. The technical 

contacts table located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered for each 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 164

technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window. The table provides functionality

for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ 

column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘Last 

Name’ column to display the previously entered technical contact information in the ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ pop-up window.

 Add Technical Contact: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add 

Technical Contact’ pop-up window. 

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ 

link to edit the technical contact information.

 First Name: Displays the first name of the reported technical contact. 

 Address: Displays the address of the reported technical contact. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or 

an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact. A warning message 

displays to confirm the deletion of the technical contact information.

Exhibit 6-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-2: Technical Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical 

contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 165

You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical 

Contact’ window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop-up window displays the fields for you to 

input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple 

technical contacts. If you are the technical contact, click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to 

populate the technical contact information with your user information entered during CDX 

registration. The system provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information 

as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technical contact will have an individual 

CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact, click the ‘OK’ button which 

will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen.

 Copy CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields 

with your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system displays a 

prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. This field 

does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields 

populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow 

the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the city of the mailing address of the technical contact. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. 

If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 166

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 

Exhibit 6-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window:

Exhibit 6-3: Add Technical Contact Window
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 167

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to return 

to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen without saving the technical contact information.

Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information in the 

technical contact information table and return to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. 

6.4 Chemical Information

You can access the ‘Chemical Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Chemical Information’ screen provides fields to identify the chemical the submitter has 

begun to manufacture or import. The ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ section provides fields to input 

information describing the chemical for which the NOC is to be filed. This screen outlines the 

unique chemical properties and displays the name and CASRN of the chemical.

If you claim a chemical as CBI, the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box displays. A ‘CBI 

Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree upon navigating away from the screen.

If you claim chemical identity as confidential, you must provide a generic chemical name for 

your substance that reveals the specific chemical identity of the new chemical substance to the 

maximum extent possible.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the 

‘Specific Chemical Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set. At least one chemical is 

required. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only

displays after the information within a field set is saved. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 Substance Identity Confidentiality Status: You will only be able to select a single radio 

button. If you claim the chemical as CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific 

Chemical Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set, the system will enable the first radio 

button and disable the second and third radio buttons. If you do not claim the chemical as 

CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ 

expandable/collapsible field set, the system will disable the first radio button and enable the 

second and third radio button options. This section displays the following options: 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 168

oI wish to claim the substance identity confidential and the substantiation to support this 

claim is attached. Failure to submit the required substantiation in accordance with 40 

CFR 720.85(b) will result in waiver of your claim. 

oI previously claimed the substance identity as confidential and hereby relinquish that 

claim. 

oI did not claim the substance identity as confidential in my original PMN submission.

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ window. Refer to Section 3.8 for additional details regarding the search SRS 

functionality.

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN of the chemical being reported.

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name of the substance being reported.

 CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ information as 

confidential and display the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box. If you claim the chemical as 

confidential, a ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree after clicking 

the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. 

 Generic Chemical Name: Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field 

displays only when the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ is claimed CBI. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Specific Chemical 

Identity’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save 

the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the 

screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 169

Exhibit 6-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-4: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 170

Exhibit 6-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-5: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

6.5 Submitter Site Information

You can access the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site 

Information’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen identifies the site at which the manufacture or import of 

the chemical occurs. The system provides fields to enter site identification information in the site
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 171

table. You are able to enter sites by searching the Facility Registry System (FRS). To do so, click 

the ‘FRS Search’ button.

 FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.9 for additional details regarding the Facility Registry 

System search functionality. 

 Registry ID: Displays the EPA registry ID of the site.

 Site Name: Displays the site name associated with a site. 

 Address: Displays the site address of a site. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the site row permanently from the system. A 

confirmation prompt displays to confirm the deletion.

Exhibit 6-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen:

Exhibit 6-6: Submitter Site Information Screen

Navigation: If you claimed a chemical CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation 

Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. If you did not claim a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by 

clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree to access this screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 172

6.6 CBI Substantiation Part 1

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Site Information’ screen if a chemical was claimed CBI on the ‘Chemical 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ 

link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen presents substantiation questions that require you to 

provide answers into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen consists of questions A through D, which read as follows:

 (A) What harmful effects to your competitive position, if any, do you think would result 

if EPA publishes on the Inventory the identity of the chemical substance? How could a 

competitor use such information given the fact that the identity of the substance 

otherwise would appear on the inventory of chemical substances with no link between 

the substance and your company or industry? How substantial would the harmful 

effects of disclosure be? What is the causal relationship between the disclosure and the 

harmful effects?: Enter the answer to substantiation question A. This is a required field. 

 (B) For what period of time should confidential treatment be given? Until a specific 

date, the occurrence of a specific event, or permanently? Why?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question B. This is a required field.

 (C) Has the chemical substance been patented? If so, have you granted licenses to 

others with respect to the patent as it applies to the chemical substance? If the chemical 

substance has been patented and therefore disclosed through the patent, why should it 

be treated as confidential for purposes of the Inventory?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question C. This is a required field.

 (D) Has the identity of the chemical substance been kept confidential to the extent that 

your competitors do not know it is being manufactured or imported for a commercial 

purpose by anyone?: Enter the answer to substantiation question D. This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 173

Exhibit 6-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-7: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 174

Exhibit 6-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

6.7 CBI Substantiation Part 2

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 175

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to 

be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 2’ screen consists of questions E through H, which read as follows:

 (E) Is the fact that someone is manufacturing or importing this chemical substance for 

commercial purposes available to the public, e.g. in technical journals or other 

publications; in libraries; or in State, local or Federal agency public files?: Enter the 

answer to substantiation question E. This is a required field.

 (F) What measures have you taken to prevent undesired disclosure of the fact that you 

are manufacturing or importing this substance for a commercial purpose?: Enter the 

answer to substantiation question F. This is a required field.

 (G) To what extent has the fact that you are manufacturing or importing this chemical 

substance for a commercial purpose been disclosed to others? What precautions have 

you taken in regard to these disclosures? Has this information been disclosed to the 

public or to competitors?: Enter the answer to substantiation question G. This is a required 

field.

 (H) In what form does this particular chemical substance leave the site of manufacture, 

e.g., as part of a product; in effluent or emission stream? If so, what measures have you 

taken to guard against discovery of its identity?: Enter the answer to substantiation 

question H. This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 176

Exhibit 6-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-9: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 177

Exhibit 6-10 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen. You 

can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation

tree.

6.8 CBI Substantiation Part 3

You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 178

The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to 

be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI 

Substantiation Part 3’ screen consists of questions I through L, which read as follows:

 (I) If the chemical substance leaves the site of manufacture in a product that is available 

to either the public or your competitors, can they identify the substance by analyzing 

the product?: Enter the answer to substantiation question I. This is a required field.

 (J) For what purpose do you manufacture or import the substance?: Enter the answer to 

substantiation question J. This is a required field.

 (K) Has EPA, another Federal agency, or any Federal court made any persistent 

confidentiality determinations regarding this chemical substance? If so, copies of such 

determinations must be included in the substantiation.: Enter the answer to substantiation 

question K. This is a required field.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and attach supporting documentation for substantiation question K. Refer to 

Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded through the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

 (L) If the notice includes a health and safety study concerning the new chemical 

substance, the submitter must also answer the question in 40 CFR 720.90(b)(2). Persons 

must answer this question if a health and safety study was provided at any time in the

new chemical process.: Enter the answer to substantiation question L. This is a required 

field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 179

Exhibit 6-11 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 6-11: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 180

Exhibit 6-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 6-12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to 

the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional 

Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree.

6.9 Optional Cover Letter

If you are not claiming a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ 

screen. If you did claim a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the 

‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 181

Letter screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within 

the navigation tree. 

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special 

instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non-CBI to 

eliminate user error and promote transparency between the company and EPA.

 Check to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this information 

as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter as confidential.

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter any additional information or special instructions associated 

with the form. 

Exhibit 6-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen:

Exhibit 6-13: Optional Cover Letter Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form.

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 

form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 182

7 Edit Support Form

The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows support forms to be submitted such as 

‘Amendment,’ ‘Other Correspondence,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Transfer of Ownership,’ 

‘Withdrawal Request,’ and ‘Test Data.’ Support forms are filed separately from PMN forms due 

to access restrictions and/or to provide information not included in the original PMN. The 

Support form is used to supplement the original PMN by providing additional data that was not 

provided originally, withdraw a PMN application, or provide data that was requested at a later 

date.

7.1 Edit Support Form

To edit a Support form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click 

the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to Section 3.3

for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 

7.2 General Form Information

You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by accessing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports form and entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen.

The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides a list of text fields and drop-down menus for

you to input information about the originally filed PMN form.

 Form Alias: Edit the form alias if necessary. Upon navigating to the screen, the system 

displays an editable form alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field. 

 Case Number: Enter the case number. The case number must be in one of the following 

formats: P-XX-XXXX for PMN, SN-XX-XXXX for SNUN, L-XX-XXXX for LVE, LMXX-XXXX for LVE Modifications, X-XX-XXXX for LoREX, XM-XX-XXXX for LoREX 

Modifications, T-XX-XXXX for TMEA and I-XX-XXXX for Mock PMN. This is a required 

field.

 TS Number: Enter the TS number; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric 

combination. This value is determined by the company to identify the form for both 

payments and connecting related submissions when additional communications (Letters of 

Support, Joint Submissions and corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE number has been 

assigned. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company 

names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended.

 Original Submission Media Type: Select the original submission media type from the dropdown menu. This field contains the following values: ‘CD,’ ‘Paper,’ and ‘eTSCA PMN 1.0,’ 

and helps OPPT locate legacy files.

 Original Submission Date: Enter the date for the original submission date by clicking the 

calendar icon, which displays the calendar pop-up window to select the appropriate date.

 Type of Support: Select the type of support from the drop-down menu. This field contains 

the following values: ‘Amendment,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Test Data,’ ‘Transfer of 

Ownership,’ ‘Withdrawal Request,’ and ‘Other Correspondence.’ This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 183

 Check if requested by EPA/Contractor: Check the ‘Check if requested by 

EPA/Contractor’ checkbox to display fields to enter information that identifies the requestor 

that asked you to submit support information. 

 Last Name: Enter the last name of the requestor. This field only displays if the ‘Check if 

requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed. 

 First Name: Enter the first name of the requestor. This field only displays if the ‘Check if 

requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed. 

 EPA/Contractor: Select a value from the drop-down menu to identify whether the requestor 

is an EPA official, a contractor, or unknown. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the 

‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to 

delete an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add another entry to 

enter EPA/contractor information. 

 Description or Explanation of Support CBI: Check the ‘Description or Explanation of 

Support CBI’ checkbox to claim the support description or explanation of support as 

confidential. 

 Description or Explanation of Support: Enter the support description or explanation of 

support. Either the ‘Description or Explanation of Support’ field is required, or an attached 

document is required.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and attach documents describing the Support form. Attachments that are 

uploaded include individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring 

evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, SAR modeling, test samples 

characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. Analytical tests should be provided with 

their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all 

graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by type of data, e.g., physical/chemical 

properties, fate information. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach 

document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. 

 Subtype: Displays the subtype of a document. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document contains. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 184

Exhibit 7-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 7-1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 185

Exhibit 7-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 7-2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

7.3 Original Submitter Information 

You can access the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original 

Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 186

The ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen provides a list of text fields to enter the contact 

information of the Authorized Official who submitted the original PMN form for whom you are 

filing the Support form.

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘Check here to claim this 

information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the original submitter contact information as 

confidential. 

 First Name: Enter the Authorized Official’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the Authorized Official’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Position: Enter the Authorized Official’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the Authorized Official’s company name. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the Authorized Official’s daytime phone number. This field does not 

allow dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Authorized Official’s email address. The email address must 

follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. This is a 

required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the city of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. This is a required field. 

 State: Enter the state of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. This is a required field if 

the ‘Country’ field is set to ‘United States.’ 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. This is a 

required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 187

Exhibit 7-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 7-3: Original Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form.

Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the 

form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 188

8 Edit Bona Fide Form

The purpose of the Bona Fide module is to receive an official determination from EPA as to 

whether a substance is on the TSCA inventory. Submitters may attempt to avoid submitting a 

PMN by completing a Bona Fide form to establish that the chemical already exists on the 

inventory. The Bona Fide process is covered in a thirty (30) day period.

8.1 Edit Bona Fide Form

To edit a Bona Fide form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and 

click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a Bona Fide form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer 

to Section 3.3 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ 

screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 

8.2 General Document Information

You can access the ‘General Document Information’ screen by accessing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports Bona Fide form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the 

selected form. 

The ‘General Document Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and checkboxes for you

to input identifying information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form 

Alias’ by which the form can be identified. The form alias is helpful when you or the company

has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. If a form 

alias is not entered, the system will provide an editable default alias in the following format: 

<Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. 

You can claim the entirety of the submission as CBI. The entire submission will be claimed as 

CBI if you check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox. The entire 

submission will be considered non-CBI if you leave the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as 

CBI’ checkbox unchecked.

You can indicate that a technical contact will be identified by checking the ‘Technical Contact’ 

checkbox. The technical contact must possess sufficient knowledge to answer any questions EPA 

may have about the chemical reported in the form. The application will display a ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen when you check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. 

You can indicate that a Letter of Support is expected to be filed by a secondary submitter by

checking the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox. The Letter of Support shall be submitted by a 

Secondary Authorized Official. They will have a unique identification number that will link the 

submissions. The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter, 

via email, and the unique identifier will link the two forms together. 

You can indicate that you are submitting on behalf of another company by checking the 

‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ checkbox. The ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen 

presents a list of text fields for you to input contact information for the company on whose behalf 

the submission is being made when submitting on behalf of another company. The application 

will display a ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen during the submission process when 

you check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ checkbox.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 189

 Form Alias: Edit the form alias if necessary. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will 

auto-generate an editable form alias in the following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field. 

 I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI: Check the ‘I claim the entirety of the

submission as CBI’ checkbox to flag all data contained within the form as confidential.

 Technical Contact: Check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox to display a ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ screen for you to enter contact information about the technical contact 

associated with the reported chemical. 

 Letter of Support: Check the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox to indicate that the form is 

pending a Letter of Support and to display the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the 

navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support’ folder contains the following screens: ‘Letter of 

Support Submitter Information’ and ‘Letter of Support Submission Information.’

 Submitting on Behalf of Company: Check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ 

checkbox to indicate that you will be submitting a Bona Fide form on behalf of another 

company. A ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen will display during the submission 

process for you to enter information pertaining to the company you are submitting on behalf 

of that will manufacture or import the chemical substance.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 190

Exhibit 8-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 8-1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 191

Exhibit 8-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 8-2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.3 Primary Contact Information 

You can access the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The data fields on the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen are pre-populated based on 

information entered during CDX registration. All fields are editable allowing for necessary
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 192

updates. The ‘Title’ field on this screen is not pre-populated from CDX registration and you are

required to enter a value for this field.

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all entered primary contact information will be flagged as CBI.

The following fields are captured and displayed from the primary submitter’s CDX registration 

information: 

 Prefix: Displays the primary submitter’s prefix.

 First Name: Contains the primary submitter’s first name populated from CDX 

registration. This is a required field.

 Middle Initial: Contains the primary submitter’s middle initial populated from CDX 

registration.

 Last Name: Contains the primary submitter’s last name populated from CDX 

registration. This is a required field.

 Suffix: Contains the primary submitter’s suffix populated from CDX registration.

 Title: Enter the primary submitter’s job title. 

 Company Name: Contains the primary submitter’s company name populated from CDX 

registration.

 Phone Number: Contains the primary submitter’s phone number populated from CDX 

registration. This is a required field.

 Email Address: Contains the primary submitter’s email address populated from CDX 

registration. The email address must follow the standard email address format: 

John.Doe@ABC.com. This is required.

 Mailing Address 1: Contains the first line of the primary submitter’s mailing address

populated from CDX registration. This is required.

 Mailing Address 2: Contains the second line of the primary submitter’s mailing address

populated from CDX registration.

 City: Contains the city of the primary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX 

registration. 

 State: Contains the state of the primary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX 

registration. The state field is required if ‘United States’ is displayed in the ‘Country’

drop-down menu.

 Postal Code: Contains the postal code of the primary submitter’s mailing address

populated from CDX registration. This is a required field.

 Country: Contains the primary submitter’s country populated from CDX registration. 

This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 193

Exhibit 8-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 8-3: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 194

Exhibit 8-4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 8-4: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen if 

you checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the 

navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you left 

the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

8.4 Technical Contact Information

If you indicated on the ‘General Document Information’ screen that technical contact 

information will be provided, then you can navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ 

screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation 

tree.

The technical contact is a subject matter expert (SME) who is capable of answering questions 

related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the Bona Fide. The technical contact does not 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 195

have to work at the port or site reported on the form but must be readily available by phone or 

email to answer EPA’s questions pertaining to the chemical reported in the form. The ‘Technical 

Contact Information’ screen is utilized across all Section 5 Notices and Supports forms.

The text fields on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen will be blank upon accessing the 

screen. To add information, you will enter data into the blank text boxes for the listed text fields. 

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ on the ‘General Document 

Information’ screen, all entered technical contact information will be flagged as CBI.

 Prefix: Select the technical contact’s prefix from the drop-down menu. 

 First Name: Enter the technical contact’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Middle Initial: Enter the technical contact’s middle initial. 

 Last Name: Enter the technical contact’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Suffix: Select the technical contact’s suffix from the drop-down menu.

 Title: Enter the technical contact’s job title. 

 Company Name: Enter the technical contact’s company name. This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the technical contact’s daytime phone number. This field does not 

accept dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must 

follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address.

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. 

 City: Enter the U.S. city of the technical contact’s mailing address. 

 State: Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop-down 

menu. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 196

Exhibit 8-5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 8-5: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 197

Exhibit 8-6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

Exhibit 8-6: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.5 Statement of Intent

You can access the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary 

Contact Information’ if you left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Technical Contact 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link 

within the navigation tree.

The ‘Statement of Intent’ screen requires you to indicate whether your intent is to manufacture or 

import the chemical substance for which you are requesting a TSCA inventory determination 

from EPA. You must indicate the activities of ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ by checking the 

provided checkboxes. If you indicate that you intend to manufacture the chemical substance, a 

prompt to identify ‘Site of Manufacture’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will 

display. Similarly, if you indicate that you intend to import the chemical substance, a prompt to 

identify a ‘Port of Entry’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 198

On this screen, you are required to enter the date you expect to submit a Section 5 Notification if 

the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. 

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ on the ‘General Document 

Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen will be flagged 

as CBI.

 Manufacture: By checking the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox, you are indicating the chemical 

substance will be manufactured. One of the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkboxes is 

required to be checked. You may check both checkboxes. 

 Import: By checking the ‘Import’ checkbox, you are indicating the chemical substance 

will be imported. One of the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkboxes is required to be 

checked. You may check both checkboxes. 

 Date of expected Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not on the 

inventory: Enter the date when you are expecting to submit a Section 5 Notification if 

the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. This date can be received in 

any format (i.e., ‘Quarter 1 of 2014,’ ‘10/01/14’). This is a required field.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 199

Exhibit 8-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen:

Exhibit 8-7: Statement of Intent Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ 

screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ 

screen. You can also navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking 

the ‘LOS Submitter Information’ link located within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button 

to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen if the ‘Letter of Support’ 

checkbox was not checked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. 

8.6 Letter of Support Submitter Information

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on 

the ‘General Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen is used to enter the contact information 

regarding the Letter of Support submitter who will submit additional, separate information 

regarding the Bona Fide form. The email address provided for the secondary submitter will be 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 200

used to send the unique identification number, used to link the primary and secondary

submissions, to the Letter of Support submitter. 

If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General 

Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter 

Information’ screen will be flagged as CBI.

 Prefix: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s prefix.

 First Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field. 

 Middle Initial: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s middle initial.

 Last Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field. 

 Suffix: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s suffix.

 Title: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s title. 

 Company Name: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required 

field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international daytime phone 

number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address 

must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing 

address. 

 City: Enter the city of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required 

field. 

 State: Select the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the dropdown menu. This is a required field when the ‘Country’ field is defined as ‘United States.’

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. 

This is a required field.

 Country: Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the 

drop-down menu. This is a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 201

Exhibit 8-8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-8: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.7 Letter of Support Submission Information

You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ 

button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ link within the navigation 

tree. 

The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen is used as a communication point 

between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen displays a 

comment box for you to enter information that will be passed on to the ‘Letter of Support’ 

Submitter. A text box will be used to capture information that will be sent by the Primary AO to 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 202

the Letter of Support submitter in an email and displayed on the Letter of Support form 

accessible by the Letter of Support submitter. A ‘Unique Identification Number for Letter of 

Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number is 

displayed when you declare a Letter of Support submission is being established.

When the Primary AO chooses to send an e-mail, the system will send an email to the Letter of 

Support Submitter designated in the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. The email 

will contain the ‘Unique Identifier Number’ that will link the two forms. 

When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ 

screen and creates a form to be filed, the user will be prompted to enter the ‘Unique 

Identification Number’ on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the ‘Unique Identification 

Number’ has been entered, the system will link the primary and Letter of Support forms. 

 Letter of Support Submission Information text box: Enter the information that the 

Primary AO is sending to the Letter of Support submitter. Click the ‘unencrypted e-mail’ link 

to generate the unique identifier notification window and email the information entered in the 

text box to the Letter of Support submitter.

 Unique Identification Number for Letter of Support Submission: The ‘Unique Identifier 

Number’ is a random number displayed to pass on to the secondary submitter to create a 

Letter of Support submission. 

 Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission: Click the link to 

display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to 

the joint submitter.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 203

Exhibit 8-9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

Exhibit 8-9: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link 

to access the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ pop-up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate 

to the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen. You can also access the ‘Chemical 

Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.7.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information

You can access the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window by clicking the ‘Notify the 

Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support 

Submission Information’ screen. 

The ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window is used to notify the Secondary Submitter of the 

‘Unique Identifier Number.’ The ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ screen displays a ‘CC’ field for 

you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ 

field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 204

 From: Displays the email address of the Primary AO that created the form. 

 CC: Contains instructional text for a user to enter multiple email addresses. This will 

automatically populate with the email address of the Primary AO, and the email address of 

the technical contact. 

 To: Contains the editable email address of the letter of support submitter specified on the 

‘Letter of Support Submitter’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon 

navigating to the window. Enter additional email addresses if necessary. 

 Subject: Displays ‘YYYY Bona Fide’ in an editable text field. 

 Message: Displays a pre-determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a 

Letter of Support submitter. 

 Additional Comments: Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be 

passed onto the Letter of Support submitter.

 Send: Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses 

identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 205

Exhibit 8-10 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

Exhibit 8-10: Unique Identifier Notification Window 

Navigation: Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and 

navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen.

8.8 Chemical Identification Information

You can access the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if you left the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox unchecked on 

the ‘General Document Information’ screen or from the ‘Letter of Support Submission 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification 

Information’ link located within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 206

The ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen identifies the type of chemical the submitter 

will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a Bona Fide for a class 1 or 2 

chemical substance or a polymer. Based on the selection that you designate, the appropriate 

screens for the respective chemical will appear. If you select the radio button for a Class 1 or 2 

chemical substance, click the ‘Save’ icon at the bottom of your screen located within the action 

bar, the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen link will display within the navigation tree. If 

you select the ‘Polymer’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon at the bottom of your screen 

located within the action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Polymer

Identification Information’ screen link and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen link 

within the navigation tree. 

This screen provides a field for you to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The alias is a

field that will rename the chemical within the navigation tree. 

 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance: Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio 

button to indicate that the chemical type is a Class 1 or 2 substance. Selecting the ‘Class 1 or 

2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button 

displays a warning message that all entered chemical information will be deleted. The user is 

required to select one of the two options displayed in the ‘Chemical Type’ section.

 Polymer: Select the ‘Polymer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical type is a polymer.

Selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substance’ radio button displays a warning message that all entered chemical information 

will be deleted. The user is required to select one of the two options displayed in the 

‘Chemical Type’ section.

 Chemical Alias: Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 207

Exhibit 8-11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen (Class 

1 or 2 Chemical Substance): 

Exhibit 8-11: Chemical Identification Information Screen (Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substance)

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ 

button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this 

screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

If you selected the ‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances

You can navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen if you selected the ‘Class 1 or 

2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen and 

clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 208

The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information 

describing the chemical for the Bona Fide which is to be filed. This screen captures information 

about the chemical including its name, composition, and structure. The system provides fields for

you to identify several key aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. 

You can add a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon 

clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set displays that 

contains numerous fields used to identify the chemical in question. You will be able to enter 

multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each chemical component you wish to identify.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the 

class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only

displays when the information within a field set is saved. 

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets. 

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 Class of Substance: In the section, ‘Class of Substance,’ you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or 

‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. A substance class must be selected.

 Class 1: Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A 

‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entity that can be represented by a single, definite 

structural diagram.

 Class 2: Select the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. 

When you select a ‘Class 2’ chemical substance, you are indicating that some portions of the 

structure may not be known and an additional screen will appear within the navigation tree 

for you to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple chemical 

components are added, one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will apply to all chemical 

components. 

 Add Chemical ID: You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop-up window by clicking the 

‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set. You

can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other 

Synonym.’ If you retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the 

chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services 

Registry Number’ under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality for you 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 209

to enter the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add 

Chemical ID’ window. 

 CASRN: Displays the ‘CASRN’ if available. The system provides functionality for you to 

search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search functionality or by 

manually entering the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop-up window. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the ‘Chemical Name.’ The system will allow you to search for 

the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or by manually entering the 

chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up window.

 ID Method: The system shall require that you identify which ID method was used to 

determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service)’ radio button, the system displays an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an 

IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also 

select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’ 

 Attach IES Report: To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window, click the ‘Attach 

IES Report’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set after selecting

the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the 

document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window will close 

and the document information will be displayed in a table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 

Chemical Substances’ screen. 

 File Name: Displays the file name of the document(s)

 Description: Displays the user-provided description of the document(s). 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove a document permanently from the system. 

To access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name link under the ‘File 

Name’ column.

 Molecular Formula: Enter a molecular formula using a free text format. This field is 

optional.

 Chemical Structure Diagram: The system allows you to attach a chemical structure 

diagram. This field is optional.

 Attach Chemical Structure: To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window, you will 

click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification’ field set. 

You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document regarding the chemical 

structure.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window. To access or edit previously attached documents, click 

the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment 

table.

 Description: Displays the description of the chemical structure. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the entire attached chemical structure row 

permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 210

Exhibit 8-12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

1): 

Exhibit 8-12: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 211

Exhibit 8-13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 

2): 

Exhibit 8-13: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: If you selected the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the 

‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link 

within the navigation tree. If you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to 

navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.10 Class 2 Substances

You can navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen when you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button for the 

‘Class of Substance’ field. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ 

link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter in information regarding a class 

2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined 

chemical structure that has been identified. This screen allows you to identify specific elements 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 212

in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of 

Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition (Optional).’

You will be able to enter precursor substances by searching SRS or by the manual entry fields 

when the substance is not in SRS. The substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical 

Name’ and CASRN. 

The system allows the user to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text 

boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed 

as CBI. 

 Precursor Substances: This table displays the chemicals identified as immediate precursor 

substances, along with the respective CASRNs. 

 Chemical Name: Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click

the chemical name link to navigate to the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window for edits. 

 CASRN: Displays the CASRN associated with a precursor substance. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the entire chemical row permanently from 

the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical. 

 Nature of Reaction: Enter the ‘Nature of Reaction’ description. This is a required field.

 Range of Composition: Enter the ‘Range of Composition’ description. 

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window and document upload process. Refer to Section 3.7 for further details

regarding the attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 213

Exhibit 8-14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1): 

Exhibit 8-14: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 214

Exhibit 8-15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): 

Exhibit 8-15: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2)

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.11 Polymer Identification Information 

You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button 

from the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen when you select the ‘Polymer’ radio butt. 

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ link within 

the navigation tree. 

The user can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. 

Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 215

displays that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. You will be able to 

enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify.

For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application 

displays a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that 

particular chemical.

For a multi-component submission, create individual field sets by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button. Multi-component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals 

always display together in a single pot and are never isolated. Enter additional chemical 

components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical 

Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi-component mixture. All 

multi-component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.

 Add Chemical Component: Click the button to display the ‘Polymer Identification 

Information’ field set. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Chemical Component’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets.

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 Add Chemical ID: You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop-up window by clicking the 

‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the polymer identification information field set. You can 

search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other 

Synonym.’ If you retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the 

chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘CASRN’ under the manual 

entry field set. The system allows you to enter the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ 

button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ window. 

 Chemical Name: The system will allow you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the 

CASRN (if available). The system will allow you to search for the chemical substance using 

the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical information in the ‘Add 

Chemical ID’ pop up. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 216

 ID Method: The system shall require that you identify which ID method was used to 

determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert 

Service),’ the system will display an ‘Attach IES Report’ button that allows you to attach an 

IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also 

select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’ 

 Attach IES Report: To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window, you can click the 

‘Attach IES Report’ button within the polymer identification information field set after

selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the 

document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop-up window will close 

and the document information will be displayed in a table format on the ‘Polymer 

Identification Information’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the 

document and the user-provided description of the document. The system allows you to 

delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ ( ) icon located under the ‘Actions’ 

column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name link under the 

‘File Name’ column.

 Chemical Structure Diagram: The system allows you to attach a chemical structure 

diagram. This field is optional.

 Attach Chemical Structure: To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window, click the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the polymer identification information field set. 

You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document.

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window. 

 Description: Displays the description of the chemical structure. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row 

permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. 

After the document is attached and you click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ 

pop-up window closes and the document information will be displayed in a table format on the 

‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the 

document and user-provided description of the document. The system allows you to delete 

unwanted documents by clicking the delete icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access 

or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the 

‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 217

Exhibit 8-16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-16: Polymer Identification Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.12 Monomers and Other Reactants

You can access the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the 

‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 

The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and 

monomers that make up a polymer. The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen displays an 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 218

‘Add Monomer’ button for you to identify the monomer(s) that make up the polymer 

composition.

Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to display an expandable/collapsible field set to enter 

information into the following fields:

 Search SRS: Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.8 for additional details regarding the search

SRS functionality. 

 CAS Registry Number: Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop-up window. This is a 

required field. 

 Monomer or Other Reactant: Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field 

populates based on information entered on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop-up 

window. This is a required field. 

 Cancel: Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The 

‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A 

confirmation message displays to confirm the action. 

 Edit: Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ 

link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not 

currently editable.

 Delete: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right-hand corner of the 

expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to 

confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add 

Monomer’ button.

 Expand All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to expand a series of field sets.

 Collapse All: Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets 

to collapse a series of field sets. 

 Include in Identity: Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for 

‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification. 

 Typical Composition: Enter the ‘Typical Composition’ value that a monomer contributes to 

a polymer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less 

than or equal to one hundred (100). If the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning 

will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process 

indicating that the ‘Typical Composition’ is a value that is less than or equal to 2% and 

asking the user whether it should be included in the ‘Chemical Identity.’ This is a required 

field. 

 Save: Click the ‘Save’ button to save all data entered into the ‘Monomer’ field set. You must 

click this button and successfully save the entered information before being able to navigate 

away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ or ‘Next’ button. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 219

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. Refer to Section 3.7 for additional details regarding the attach document

functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window to make any edits. 

 Description: Displays the description associated with a document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently 

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 220

Exhibit 8-17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen:

Exhibit 8-17: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also 

access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.13 Use Information 

You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Class 1 

or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, on the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or on the ‘Monomers and 

Other Reactants’ screen, depending on the choice made on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical 

Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within 

the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 221

The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about the chemical substance’s intended 

use. When the user navigates to the screen, the screen contains a text box with instructional text 

that reads, ‘How will the substance be used?’ The user will enter the specific data for the 

chemical substance and then advance to the next screen. 

 How will the substance be used: Enter the data regarding how the chemical substance is 

intended to be used. This is a required field.

Exhibit 8-18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use Information’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-18: Use Information Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen.

You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ link within the 

navigation tree. 

8.14 Submitter Site Identification

You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from 

the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site 

Identification’ link within the navigation tree.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 222

The ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen captures information about the identification of the 

sites of manufacture and/or the port of entry. The screen captures specific data for the site of 

manufacture and/or port of entry by allowing you to search for a particular site using the FRS

system. The system requires you to select from the ‘Site of Manufacture or Import’ drop-down 

menu when both the ‘Manufacture’ and ‘Import’ checkboxes were checked on the ‘Statement of 

Intent’ screen. You are also able to manually enter the site of manufacture and/or the port of 

entry information. You should list all of the sites of manufacture and/or the ports of entry that are 

controlled by the submitter on this screen. 

 FRS Search: Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ 

pop-up window. 

 EPA Registry ID: Displays the EPA Registry ID of the site and/or port. 

 Site of Manufacture or Port of Entry: Displays the site of manufacture or port of entry

depending on the checkboxes you checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. This is a 

required field if the checkboxes were checked.

 Site Name: Displays the site name of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Address: Displays the address of the site or port. This is a required field.

 City: Displays the city of the site or port. This is a required field.

 State: Displays the state of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Postal Code: Displays the postal code of the site or port. This is a required field.

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 223

Exhibit 8-19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-19: Submitter Site Identification Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.15 Document Management

You can navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document 

Management’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Document Management’ screen is used to attach required documents to the electronic form.

The user must attach three required documents: ‘Spectrum of Substance,’ ‘Statement of 

Commercialization,’ and ‘Statement of Research and Development.’ The screen also allows the 

user to attach ‘Other’ documents.

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Document’ 

pop-up window to upload attachments. 

 Document Name: Displays the file name and file extension of the document uploaded on the 

‘Attach Documents’ pop-up window. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 224

 Document Type: Displays the document type associated with the uploaded document. 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the 

system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. 

Exhibit 4-35 shows the screen capture of the ‘Document Management’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-20: Document Management Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can 

also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 

8.16 Optional Cover Letter

You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the 

‘Document Management’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional 

Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree.

The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not 

collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give EPA resources and special 

instructions regarding the application.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 225

 Optional Cover Letter: Enter any additional special instructions regarding the form.

Exhibit 8-21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: 

Exhibit 8-21: Optional Cover Letter Screen 

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. 

Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the 

‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 226

9 Edit Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form

The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows alternative control measures (ACM) 

forms to be submitted. The ACM form is used to report proposed Alternative Control Measures 

for published significant new use rules (SNURs).

9.1 Edit ACM Form

To edit an ACM form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click 

the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of an ACM form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to 

Section 3.3 for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. 

Refer to Section 3.4 for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process.

9.2 Contact Information

You can access the ‘Contact Information’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter 

Passphrase’ screen. 

The ‘Contact Information’ screen provides an ‘Add Contact’ button and a contact information 

table for you to identify a point of contact who is working for a U.S. based company.

 Form Alias: Enter an alias to identify how the ACM 721.30 form is differentiated. The 

system auto-generates a default alias consisting of the form type and date stamp in the 

following format: <Form Type-YYYYMMDD-HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. The form alias is 

an editable field that may be changed at any time. This is a required field.

 Add Contact: Click the button to display the ‘Add Contact’ window, for you to enter 

information for a point of contact. At least one contact is required.

 Last Name: Displays the last name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 First Name: Displays the first name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 Address: Displays the mailing address of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop-up 

window. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Actions: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a contact from the table. A warning message 

displays to confirm deletion of the contact.

 Next: Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 227

Exhibit 9-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Contact Information’ screen:

Exhibit 9-1: Contact Information Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Add Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact 

information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen. You can also access 

this screen by clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 

 Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration: Click the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during 

CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration 

information. 

 Check here to claim this information as CBI: Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the 

contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon 

navigating back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a contact 

as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information. 

 First Name: Enter the contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 

 Last Name: Enter the contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ 

button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a 

required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 228

 Company Name: Enter the contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Phone Number: Enter the contact’s daytime phone number; dashes are not allowed. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Email Address: Enter the contact’s email address. The email address must follow the 

standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX 

Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.

This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 1: Enter the first line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked 

the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during 

CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Mailing Address 2: Enter the second line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have 

clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered 

during CDX registration.

 City: Enter the contact’s U.S. city of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy 

CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 State: Select the state of the contact’s mailing address from the drop-down menu. If you 

have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information 

entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. 

 Postal Code: Enter the postal code of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the 

‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX 

registration. This is a required field. 

 Country: Displays ‘United States.’ 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 229

Exhibit 4-7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Contact’ window:

Exhibit 9-2: Add Contact Window

Navigation: Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon to stop the process of adding contact 

information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered contact information and navigate back to 

the ‘Contact Information’ screen.

9.3 Attachments

You can access the ‘Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Contact 

Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within 

the navigation tree.

The ‘Attachments’ screen provides an ‘Attach Document’ button for you to upload 

documentation that fulfills the specified requirements, and a text field to provide the 40 CFR 721 

citation which the documentation refers to. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 230

 Attach Document: Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to attach documents that fulfill the 

outlined requirements in the instructional text. At least one document is required. Refer to 

Section 3.7 for additional information regarding the attach document functionality. 

 File Name: Displays the file name and file extension of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach 

Documents’ pop-up window. 

 Description: Displays the description of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ 

pop-up window. 

 Pages: Displays the number of pages a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ popup window contains. 

 Date: Displays the date that a document was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up 

window. 

 CBI: Indicates the CBI status of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop-up 

window by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ 

 Action: Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the attached document row. A warning 

message displays to confirm deletion of the document. 

 ACM Citation at 40 CFR 721: Enter the ACM citation reference that the documents 

uploaded are supporting. This field allows up to seven (7) numerical characters; letters or 

other characters are not allowed. This is a required field. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 231

Exhibit 9-3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachments’ screen:

Exhibit 9-3: Attachments Screen

Navigation: Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click 

the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the 

‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 232

10 Preview

The system allows you to preview the form at any point during the submission process. You can 

click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) represented by a computer monitor, located within the bottom 

action bar, to see a PDF version of the form. A prompt will display to allow you to select 

whether to view the ‘Regular’ or ‘Sanitized’ version of the PDF differentiated by buttons. After 

you choose between the ‘Regular’ or ‘Sanitized’ PDF, a watermarked PDF version of the form is 

generated. Click the ‘Back’ button in the browser to navigate back to the submission. 

The watermark reads ‘Not for Submission’ and displays across each screen in the background. 

The form preview displays the entire form in a printable format. The preview functionality

provides you with the flexibility to track the status and see the entire submission in a single 

viewpoint.
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 233

Exhibit 10-1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotechnology form:

Exhibit 10-1: Preview Biotechnology Form Screen
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 234

Exhibit 10-2 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotechnology form:

Exhibit 10-2: Preview Biotechnology Form PDF
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 235

Exhibit 10-3 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the NOC form:

Exhibit 10-3: Preview NOC Form PDF
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 236

Exhibit 10-4 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Support form:

Exhibit 10-4: Preview Support Form PDF
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 237

11 Validate 

You can click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and 

Supports Form. The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window displays when

you click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window displays a report of all validation errors and warning messages. During the validation 

process, the application validates each screen of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to find 

missing and invalid data.

Validation Errors: Errors are denoted by an error icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the

error link. The links will display the Screen Title Name (i.e., Chemical Identification) and the 

associated error. After you click a link, the main application screen will display the section 

where the error occurred so you can easily fix the error. Once you have fixed the error, click the 

Validate icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up 

window. If the information you fixed passes validation, the error will be removed from the 

‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window. 

You can close the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop-up window by clicking the

‘X’ button located at the top right of the window. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 238

Exhibit 11-1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ popup window:

Exhibit 11-1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop-Up Window
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 239

12 Resources 

You can access the ‘Resources’ screen by clicking the ‘Resources’ tab located at the top of the 

screen at any time during the submission process. You can also access the ‘Resources’ screen by

clicking the ‘Resources’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. The 

‘Resources’ screen provides you with links to all appropriate Section 5 Notices and Supports 

User Guides as well as additional helpful links. Click the appropriate ‘User Guide’ link to access 

the Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide document pertaining to your role. 

 Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology: 

Government Costs: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display

displaying the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of 

Biotechnology: Government Costs screen. 

 Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910): If you click this link, a 

new internet browser window will display displaying the Microbial Products of 

Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910) screen. 

 Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for 

Microorganisms: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display

displaying the Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for 

Microorganisms PDF.

 CDX Home: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying 

the CDX Homepage.

 TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory: If you click this link, a new internet browser 

window will display displaying the TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory screen.

 Substance Registry Services (SRS): If you click this link, a new internet browser window 

will display displaying the Substance Registry Services screen. 

 Facility Registry System (FRS): If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

display displaying the Facility Registry System (FRS) screen. 

 CAS Inventory Expert Services: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

display displaying the CAS Inventory Expert Services (IES) screen.

 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): If you click this link, a new 

internet browser window will display displaying the National Pollutant Discharge 

Elimination System (NPDES) screen.

 New Chemicals Program Homepage: If you click this link, a new internet browser window 

will display displaying the New Chemicals Program screen.

 Status of Section 5 Notices: If you click this link, a new internet browser window will 

display displaying the Status of Section 5 Notices screen. 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 240

Exhibit 12-1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 12-1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 241

Exhibit 12-2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 1):

Exhibit 12-2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2)
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 242

Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations

The following table displays all the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations used in this 

document and their full name. 

Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations

Acronym Full Name

AO Authorized Official

CASRN Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number

CDX Central Data Exchange

CoR Copy of Record

CROMERR Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation

CSPP Submissions for Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs

CSV Comma-Separated Values

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

ETI Environmental Technology Initiative 

FR Federal Regulation 

FRS Facility Registry System 

GPC Gel-Permeation Chromatography 

IES Inventory Expert Services 

IH Industrial Hygienist 

IR Infrared

LOREX Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption 

LVE Low Volume Exemption 

MCAN Microbial Commercial Activity Notice 

MS Mass Spectrometry

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance

NOC Notice of Commencement

NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

OPPT Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics

PDF Portable Document Format 

PMN Premanufacture Notice

POTW Publicly Owned Treatment Works

PPE Personal Protective Equipment 

PPM Parts Per Million

RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 

SAR Structure-Activity Relationship 

SNUN Significant New Use Notice

SNUR Significant New Use Rules

SRS Substance Registry Services

STN Scientific and Technical Information Network

TERA TSCA Experimental Release Application 
OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 243

TME Test Market Exemption

TMEA Test Marketing Exemption Application 

TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act 

UV Ultraviolet

XML Extensible Markup Language